Initial revision
git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/trunk@2 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775
This commit is contained in:
279
src/gtk1/app.cpp
Normal file
279
src/gtk1/app.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: app.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "app.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/app.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/utils.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/postscrp.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/intl.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/log.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "unistd.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_GDK_IMLIB
|
||||
#include "gdk_imlib.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// global data
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
wxApp *wxTheApp = NULL;
|
||||
wxAppInitializerFunction wxApp::m_appInitFn = (wxAppInitializerFunction) NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
extern wxList wxPendingDelete;
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// local functions
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
extern void wxFlushResources(void);
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// global functions
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void wxExit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_main_quit();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxYield(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (gtk_events_pending() > 0) gtk_main_iteration();
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxApp
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxApp,wxEvtHandler)
|
||||
|
||||
gint wxapp_idle_callback( gpointer WXUNUSED(data) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wxTheApp) wxTheApp->OnIdle();
|
||||
usleep( 10000 );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxApp::wxApp()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_idleTag = 0;
|
||||
m_topWindow = NULL;
|
||||
m_exitOnFrameDelete = TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxApp::~wxApp(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_idle_remove( m_idleTag );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxApp::OnInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxApp::OnInitGui(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_idleTag = gtk_idle_add( wxapp_idle_callback, NULL );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxApp::OnRun(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return MainLoop();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxApp::OnIdle(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DeletePendingObjects();
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxApp::OnExit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxApp::MainLoop(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_main();
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxApp::ExitMainLoop(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_main_quit();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxApp::Initialized(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_initialized;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxApp::Pending(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxApp::Dispatch(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxApp::DeletePendingObjects(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxNode *node = wxPendingDelete.First();
|
||||
while (node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxObject *obj = (wxObject *)node->Data();
|
||||
|
||||
delete obj;
|
||||
|
||||
if (wxPendingDelete.Member(obj))
|
||||
delete node;
|
||||
|
||||
node = wxPendingDelete.First();
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindow *wxApp::GetTopWindow(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_topWindow) return m_topWindow;
|
||||
wxNode *node = wxTopLevelWindows.First();
|
||||
if (!node) return NULL;
|
||||
return (wxWindow*)node->Data();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxApp::SetTopWindow( wxWindow *win )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_topWindow = win;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxApp::CommonInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
#if USE_RESOURCES
|
||||
(void) wxGetResource("wxWindows", "OsVersion", &wxOsVersion);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
wxTheColourDatabase = new wxColourDatabase(wxKEY_STRING);
|
||||
wxTheColourDatabase->Initialize();
|
||||
wxInitializeStockObjects();
|
||||
|
||||
// For PostScript printing
|
||||
#if USE_POSTSCRIPT
|
||||
wxInitializePrintSetupData();
|
||||
wxThePrintPaperDatabase = new wxPrintPaperDatabase;
|
||||
wxThePrintPaperDatabase->CreateDatabase();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
wxBitmap::InitStandardHandlers();
|
||||
|
||||
g_globalCursor = new wxCursor;
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
wxInitializeStockObjects();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxApp::CommonCleanUp(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxDeleteStockObjects();
|
||||
|
||||
wxFlushResources();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxLog *wxApp::CreateLogTarget()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new wxLogGui;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxEntry
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
int wxEntry( int argc, char *argv[] )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxBuffer = new char[BUFSIZ + 512];
|
||||
|
||||
wxClassInfo::InitializeClasses();
|
||||
|
||||
if (!wxTheApp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!wxApp::GetInitializerFunction())
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf( "wxWindows error: No initializer - use IMPLEMENT_APP macro.\n" );
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxAppInitializerFunction app_ini = wxApp::GetInitializerFunction();
|
||||
|
||||
wxObject *test_app = app_ini();
|
||||
|
||||
wxTheApp = (wxApp*) test_app;
|
||||
|
||||
// wxTheApp = (wxApp*)( app_ini() );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
if (!wxTheApp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf( "wxWindows error: wxTheApp == NULL\n" );
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// printf( "Programmstart.\n" );
|
||||
|
||||
wxTheApp->argc = argc;
|
||||
wxTheApp->argv = argv;
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_init( &argc, &argv );
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_GDK_IMLIB
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_imlib_init();
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_widget_push_visual(gdk_imlib_get_visual());
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_widget_push_colormap(gdk_imlib_get_colormap());
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
wxApp::CommonInit();
|
||||
|
||||
wxTheApp->OnInitGui();
|
||||
|
||||
// Here frames insert themselves automatically
|
||||
// into wxTopLevelWindows by getting created
|
||||
// in OnInit().
|
||||
|
||||
if (!wxTheApp->OnInit()) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
wxTheApp->m_initialized = (wxTopLevelWindows.Number() > 0);
|
||||
|
||||
int retValue = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (wxTheApp->Initialized()) retValue = wxTheApp->OnRun();
|
||||
|
||||
wxTheApp->DeletePendingObjects();
|
||||
|
||||
wxTheApp->OnExit();
|
||||
|
||||
wxApp::CommonCleanUp();
|
||||
|
||||
return retValue;
|
||||
};
|
6
src/gtk1/bdiag.xbm
Normal file
6
src/gtk1/bdiag.xbm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
#define bdiag_width 16
|
||||
#define bdiag_height 16
|
||||
static char bdiag_bits[] = {
|
||||
0x80, 0x80, 0x40, 0x40, 0x20, 0x20, 0x10, 0x10, 0x08, 0x08, 0x04, 0x04,
|
||||
0x02, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x80, 0x80, 0x40, 0x40, 0x20, 0x20, 0x10, 0x10,
|
||||
0x08, 0x08, 0x04, 0x04, 0x02, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01};
|
293
src/gtk1/bitmap.cpp
Normal file
293
src/gtk1/bitmap.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: bitmap.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "bitmap.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/bitmap.h"
|
||||
#include "gdk/gdkprivate.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_GDK_IMLIB
|
||||
#include "gdk_imlib.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMask
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask,wxObject)
|
||||
|
||||
wxMask::wxMask(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_bitmap = NULL;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxMask::wxMask( const wxBitmap& WXUNUSED(bitmap), const wxColour& WXUNUSED(colour) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxMask::wxMask( const wxBitmap& WXUNUSED(bitmap), const int WXUNUSED(paletteIndex) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxMask::wxMask( const wxBitmap& WXUNUSED(bitmap) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxMask::~wxMask(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef USE_GDK_IMLIB
|
||||
// do not delete the mask, gdk_imlib does it for you
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (m_bitmap) gdk_bitmap_unref( m_bitmap );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
GdkBitmap *wxMask::GetBitmap(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_bitmap;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxBitmap
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxBitmapRefData: public wxObjectRefData
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmapRefData(void);
|
||||
~wxBitmapRefData(void);
|
||||
|
||||
GdkPixmap *m_pixmap;
|
||||
wxMask *m_mask;
|
||||
int m_width;
|
||||
int m_height;
|
||||
int m_bpp;
|
||||
wxPalette *m_palette;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmapRefData::wxBitmapRefData(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_pixmap = NULL;
|
||||
m_mask = NULL;
|
||||
m_width = 0;
|
||||
m_height = 0;
|
||||
m_bpp = 0;
|
||||
m_palette = NULL;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmapRefData::~wxBitmapRefData(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef USE_GDK_IMLIB
|
||||
if (m_pixmap) gdk_imlib_free_pixmap( m_pixmap );
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (m_pixmap) gdk_pixmap_unref( m_pixmap );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (m_mask) delete m_mask;
|
||||
if (m_palette) delete m_palette;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#define M_BMPDATA ((wxBitmapRefData *)m_refData)
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmap,wxGDIObject)
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap::wxBitmap(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wxTheBitmapList) wxTheBitmapList->AddBitmap(this);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap::wxBitmap( const int width, const int height, const int depth )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxBitmapRefData();
|
||||
M_BMPDATA->m_mask = NULL;
|
||||
M_BMPDATA->m_pixmap =
|
||||
gdk_pixmap_new( (GdkWindow*) &gdk_root_parent, width, height, depth );
|
||||
gdk_window_get_size( M_BMPDATA->m_pixmap, &(M_BMPDATA->m_width), &(M_BMPDATA->m_height) );
|
||||
M_BMPDATA->m_bpp = depth;
|
||||
|
||||
if (wxTheBitmapList) wxTheBitmapList->AddBitmap(this);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap::wxBitmap( char **bits )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxBitmapRefData();
|
||||
|
||||
GdkBitmap *mask = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USE_GDK_IMLIB
|
||||
M_BMPDATA->m_pixmap =
|
||||
gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d( (GdkWindow*) &gdk_root_parent, &mask, NULL, (gchar **) bits );
|
||||
#else
|
||||
M_BMPDATA->m_pixmap = NULL;
|
||||
int res = gdk_imlib_data_to_pixmap( bits, &M_BMPDATA->m_pixmap, &mask );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
M_BMPDATA->m_mask = new wxMask();
|
||||
M_BMPDATA->m_mask->m_bitmap = mask;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_window_get_size( M_BMPDATA->m_pixmap, &(M_BMPDATA->m_width), &(M_BMPDATA->m_height) );
|
||||
M_BMPDATA->m_bpp = 24; // ?
|
||||
|
||||
if (wxTheBitmapList) wxTheBitmapList->AddBitmap(this);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap::wxBitmap( const wxBitmap& bmp )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Ref( bmp );
|
||||
|
||||
if (wxTheBitmapList) wxTheBitmapList->AddBitmap(this);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap::wxBitmap( const wxBitmap* bmp )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (bmp) Ref( *bmp );
|
||||
|
||||
if (wxTheBitmapList) wxTheBitmapList->AddBitmap(this);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap::wxBitmap( const wxString &filename, const int type )
|
||||
{
|
||||
LoadFile( filename, type );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap::~wxBitmap(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wxTheBitmapList) wxTheBitmapList->DeleteObject(this);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap& wxBitmap::operator = ( const wxBitmap& bmp )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*this == bmp) return (*this);
|
||||
Ref( bmp );
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxBitmap::operator == ( const wxBitmap& bmp )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_refData == bmp.m_refData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxBitmap::operator != ( const wxBitmap& bmp )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_refData != bmp.m_refData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxBitmap::Ok(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_refData != NULL;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxBitmap::GetHeight(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return 0;
|
||||
return M_BMPDATA->m_height;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxBitmap::GetWidth(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return 0;
|
||||
return M_BMPDATA->m_width;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxBitmap::GetDepth(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return 0;
|
||||
return M_BMPDATA->m_bpp;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxBitmap::SetHeight( const int height )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
M_BMPDATA->m_height = height;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxBitmap::SetWidth( const int width )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
M_BMPDATA->m_width = width;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxBitmap::SetDepth( const int depth )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
M_BMPDATA->m_bpp = depth;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxMask *wxBitmap::GetMask(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return NULL;
|
||||
return M_BMPDATA->m_mask;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxBitmap::SetMask( wxMask *mask )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
if (M_BMPDATA->m_mask) delete M_BMPDATA->m_mask;
|
||||
M_BMPDATA->m_mask = mask;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxBitmap::SaveFile( const wxString &WXUNUSED(name), const int WXUNUSED(type),
|
||||
wxPalette *WXUNUSED(palette) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxBitmap::LoadFile( const wxString &name, const int WXUNUSED(type) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef USE_GDK_IMLIB
|
||||
|
||||
UnRef();
|
||||
m_refData = new wxBitmapRefData();
|
||||
M_BMPDATA->m_mask = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
GdkBitmap *mask = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
int res = gdk_imlib_load_file_to_pixmap( WXSTRINGCAST name, &M_BMPDATA->m_pixmap, &mask );
|
||||
|
||||
if (res != 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
UnRef();
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
if (mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
M_BMPDATA->m_mask = new wxMask();
|
||||
M_BMPDATA->m_mask->m_bitmap = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_window_get_size( M_BMPDATA->m_pixmap, &(M_BMPDATA->m_width), &(M_BMPDATA->m_height) );
|
||||
M_BMPDATA->m_bpp = 24; // ?
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxPalette *wxBitmap::GetPalette(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return NULL;
|
||||
return M_BMPDATA->m_palette;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
GdkPixmap *wxBitmap::GetPixmap(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return NULL;
|
||||
return M_BMPDATA->m_pixmap;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
132
src/gtk1/brush.cpp
Normal file
132
src/gtk1/brush.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: brush.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "brush.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/brush.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxBrush
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxBrushRefData: public wxObjectRefData
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxBrushRefData(void);
|
||||
|
||||
int m_style;
|
||||
wxBitmap m_stipple;
|
||||
wxColour m_colour;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBrushRefData::wxBrushRefData(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_style = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#define M_BRUSHDATA ((wxBrushRefData *)m_refData)
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBrush,wxGDIObject)
|
||||
|
||||
wxBrush::wxBrush(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wxTheBrushList) wxTheBrushList->AddBrush( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBrush::wxBrush( const wxColour &colour, const int style )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxBrushRefData();
|
||||
M_BRUSHDATA->m_style = style;
|
||||
M_BRUSHDATA->m_colour = colour;
|
||||
|
||||
if (wxTheBrushList) wxTheBrushList->AddBrush( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBrush::wxBrush( const wxString &colourName, const int style )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxBrushRefData();
|
||||
M_BRUSHDATA->m_style = style;
|
||||
M_BRUSHDATA->m_colour = colourName;
|
||||
|
||||
if (wxTheBrushList) wxTheBrushList->AddBrush( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBrush::wxBrush( const wxBitmap &stippleBitmap )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxBrushRefData();
|
||||
M_BRUSHDATA->m_style = wxSTIPPLE;
|
||||
M_BRUSHDATA->m_colour = *wxBLACK;
|
||||
M_BRUSHDATA->m_stipple = stippleBitmap;
|
||||
|
||||
if (wxTheBrushList) wxTheBrushList->AddBrush( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBrush::wxBrush( const wxBrush &brush )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Ref( brush );
|
||||
|
||||
if (wxTheBrushList) wxTheBrushList->AddBrush( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBrush::wxBrush( const wxBrush *brush )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (brush) Ref( *brush );
|
||||
|
||||
if (wxTheBrushList) wxTheBrushList->Append( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBrush::~wxBrush(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wxTheBrushList) wxTheBrushList->RemoveBrush( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBrush& wxBrush::operator = ( const wxBrush& brush )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*this == brush) return (*this);
|
||||
Ref( brush );
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxBrush::operator == ( const wxBrush& brush )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_refData == brush.m_refData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxBrush::operator != ( const wxBrush& brush )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_refData != brush.m_refData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxBrush::Ok(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((m_refData) && M_BRUSHDATA->m_colour.Ok());
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxBrush::GetStyle(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return M_BRUSHDATA->m_style;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxColour &wxBrush::GetColour(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return M_BRUSHDATA->m_colour;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap *wxBrush::GetStipple(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return &M_BRUSHDATA->m_stipple;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
89
src/gtk1/button.cpp
Normal file
89
src/gtk1/button.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: button.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "button.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/button.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// classes
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxButton;
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxButton
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButton,wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
void gtk_button_clicked_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), gpointer data )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxButton *button = (wxButton*)data;
|
||||
wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, button->GetId());
|
||||
event.SetEventObject(button);
|
||||
button->ProcessEvent(event);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
wxButton::wxButton(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxButton::wxButton( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString &label,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create( parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxButton::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString &label,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_needParent = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize newSize = size;
|
||||
|
||||
PreCreation( parent, id, pos, newSize, style, name );
|
||||
|
||||
m_label = label;
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_button_new_with_label( label );
|
||||
|
||||
if (newSize.x == -1) newSize.x = 15+gdk_string_measure( m_widget->style->font, label );
|
||||
if (newSize.y == -1) newSize.y = 26;
|
||||
SetSize( newSize.x, newSize.y );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_connect( GTK_OBJECT(m_widget), "clicked",
|
||||
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_button_clicked_callback), (gpointer*)this );
|
||||
|
||||
PostCreation();
|
||||
|
||||
Show( TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxButton::SetDefault(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxButton::SetLabel( const wxString &label )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxControl::SetLabel( label );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxButton::GetLabel(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return wxControl::GetLabel();
|
||||
};
|
6
src/gtk1/cdiag.xbm
Normal file
6
src/gtk1/cdiag.xbm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
#define cdiag_width 16
|
||||
#define cdiag_height 16
|
||||
static char cdiag_bits[] = {
|
||||
0x81, 0x81, 0x42, 0x42, 0x24, 0x24, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x24, 0x24,
|
||||
0x42, 0x42, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81, 0x42, 0x42, 0x24, 0x24, 0x18, 0x18,
|
||||
0x18, 0x18, 0x24, 0x24, 0x42, 0x42, 0x81, 0x81};
|
84
src/gtk1/checkbox.cpp
Normal file
84
src/gtk1/checkbox.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: checkbox.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "checkbox.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/checkbox.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxCheckBox
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void gtk_checkbox_clicked_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), gpointer data )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCheckBox *cb = (wxCheckBox*)data;
|
||||
wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, cb->GetId());
|
||||
event.SetInt( cb->GetValue() );
|
||||
event.SetEventObject(cb);
|
||||
cb->ProcessEvent(event);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckBox,wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
wxCheckBox::wxCheckBox(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxCheckBox::wxCheckBox( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString &label,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create( parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxCheckBox::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString &label,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_needParent = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
PreCreation( parent, id, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_check_button_new_with_label( label );
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize newSize = size;
|
||||
if (newSize.x == -1) newSize.x = 25+gdk_string_measure( m_widget->style->font, label );
|
||||
if (newSize.y == -1) newSize.y = 26;
|
||||
SetSize( newSize.x, newSize.y );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_connect( GTK_OBJECT(m_widget), "clicked",
|
||||
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_checkbox_clicked_callback), (gpointer*)this );
|
||||
|
||||
PostCreation();
|
||||
|
||||
Show( TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxCheckBox::SetValue( const bool state )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (state)
|
||||
gtk_toggle_button_set_state( GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(m_widget), GTK_STATE_ACTIVE );
|
||||
else
|
||||
gtk_toggle_button_set_state( GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(m_widget), GTK_STATE_NORMAL );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxCheckBox::GetValue(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkToggleButton *tb = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(m_widget);
|
||||
return tb->active;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
198
src/gtk1/choice.cpp
Normal file
198
src/gtk1/choice.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: choice.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "choice.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/choice.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxChoice
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void gtk_choice_clicked_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), gpointer data )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxChoice *choice = (wxChoice*)data;
|
||||
wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, choice->GetId());
|
||||
event.SetInt( choice->GetSelection() );
|
||||
wxString tmp( choice->GetStringSelection() );
|
||||
event.SetString( WXSTRINGCAST(tmp) );
|
||||
event.SetEventObject(choice);
|
||||
choice->ProcessEvent(event);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoice,wxWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
wxChoice::wxChoice(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxChoice::wxChoice( wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const int n, const wxString choices[],
|
||||
const long style, const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create( parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, name );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxChoice::Create( wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const int n, const wxString choices[],
|
||||
const long style, const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_needParent = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
PreCreation( parent, id, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_option_menu_new();
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize newSize = size;
|
||||
if (newSize.x == -1) newSize.x = 80;
|
||||
if (newSize.y == -1) newSize.y = 26;
|
||||
SetSize( newSize.x, newSize.y );
|
||||
|
||||
GtkWidget *menu;
|
||||
menu = gtk_menu_new();
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkWidget *item;
|
||||
item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label( choices[i] );
|
||||
gtk_signal_connect( GTK_OBJECT( item ), "activate",
|
||||
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_choice_clicked_callback), (gpointer*)this );
|
||||
gtk_menu_append( GTK_MENU(menu), item );
|
||||
gtk_widget_show( item );
|
||||
};
|
||||
gtk_option_menu_set_menu( GTK_OPTION_MENU(m_widget), menu );
|
||||
|
||||
PostCreation();
|
||||
|
||||
Show( TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxChoice::Append( const wxString &item )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkWidget *menu = gtk_option_menu_get_menu( GTK_OPTION_MENU(m_widget) );
|
||||
GtkWidget *menu_item;
|
||||
menu_item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label( item );
|
||||
gtk_signal_connect( GTK_OBJECT( menu_item ), "activate",
|
||||
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_choice_clicked_callback), (gpointer*)this );
|
||||
gtk_menu_append( GTK_MENU(menu), menu_item );
|
||||
gtk_widget_show( menu_item );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxChoice::Clear(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_option_menu_remove_menu( GTK_OPTION_MENU(m_widget) );
|
||||
GtkWidget *menu = gtk_menu_new();
|
||||
gtk_option_menu_set_menu( GTK_OPTION_MENU(m_widget), menu );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxChoice::FindString( const wxString &string ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// If you read this code once and you think you undestand
|
||||
// it, then you are very wrong. RR
|
||||
|
||||
GtkMenuShell *menu_shell = GTK_MENU_SHELL( gtk_option_menu_get_menu( GTK_OPTION_MENU(m_widget) ) );
|
||||
int count = 0;
|
||||
GList *child = menu_shell->children;
|
||||
while (child)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkBin *bin = GTK_BIN( child->data );
|
||||
GtkLabel *label = GTK_LABEL(bin->child);
|
||||
if (!label) label = GTK_LABEL( GTK_BUTTON(m_widget)->child );
|
||||
if (string == label->label) return count;
|
||||
child = child->next;
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
};
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxChoice::GetColumns(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxChoice::GetSelection(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkMenuShell *menu_shell = GTK_MENU_SHELL( gtk_option_menu_get_menu( GTK_OPTION_MENU(m_widget) ) );
|
||||
int count = 0;
|
||||
GList *child = menu_shell->children;
|
||||
while (child)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkBin *bin = GTK_BIN( child->data );
|
||||
if (!bin->child) return count;
|
||||
child = child->next;
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
};
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxChoice::GetString( const int n ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkMenuShell *menu_shell = GTK_MENU_SHELL( gtk_option_menu_get_menu( GTK_OPTION_MENU(m_widget) ) );
|
||||
int count = 0;
|
||||
GList *child = menu_shell->children;
|
||||
while (child)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkBin *bin = GTK_BIN( child->data );
|
||||
if (count == n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkLabel *label = GTK_LABEL(bin->child);
|
||||
if (!label) label = GTK_LABEL( GTK_BUTTON(m_widget)->child );
|
||||
return label->label;
|
||||
};
|
||||
child = child->next;
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
};
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxChoice::GetStringSelection(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkLabel *label = GTK_LABEL( GTK_BUTTON(m_widget)->child );
|
||||
return label->label;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxChoice::Number(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkMenu *menu = GTK_MENU( gtk_option_menu_get_menu( GTK_OPTION_MENU(m_widget) ) );
|
||||
int count = 0;
|
||||
GList *child = menu->children;
|
||||
while (child)
|
||||
{
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
child = child->next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
return count;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxChoice::SetColumns( const int WXUNUSED(n) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxChoice::SetSelection( const int n )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int tmp = n;
|
||||
gtk_option_menu_set_history( GTK_OPTION_MENU(m_widget), (gint)tmp );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxChoice::SetStringSelection( const wxString &string )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int n = FindString( string );
|
||||
if (n != -1) SetSelection( n );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
225
src/gtk1/colour.cpp
Normal file
225
src/gtk1/colour.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: colour.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "colour.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_GDK_IMLIB
|
||||
#include "gdk_imlib.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxColour
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxColourRefData: public wxObjectRefData
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxColourRefData(void);
|
||||
~wxColourRefData(void);
|
||||
void FreeColour(void);
|
||||
|
||||
GdkColor m_color;
|
||||
GdkColormap *m_colormap;
|
||||
bool m_hasPixel;
|
||||
|
||||
friend wxColour;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxColourRefData::wxColourRefData(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_color.red = 0;
|
||||
m_color.green = 0;
|
||||
m_color.blue = 0;
|
||||
m_color.pixel = 0;
|
||||
m_colormap = NULL;
|
||||
m_hasPixel = FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxColourRefData::~wxColourRefData(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FreeColour();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxColourRefData::FreeColour(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// if (m_hasPixel) gdk_colors_free( m_colormap, &m_color, 1, 0 );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#define M_COLDATA ((wxColourRefData *)m_refData)
|
||||
|
||||
#define SHIFT (8*(sizeof(short int)-sizeof(char)))
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColour,wxGDIObject)
|
||||
|
||||
wxColour::wxColour(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxColour::wxColour( char red, char green, char blue )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxColourRefData();
|
||||
M_COLDATA->m_color.red = ((unsigned short)red) << SHIFT;
|
||||
M_COLDATA->m_color.green = ((unsigned short)green) << SHIFT;
|
||||
M_COLDATA->m_color.blue = ((unsigned short)blue) << SHIFT;
|
||||
M_COLDATA->m_color.pixel = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxColour::wxColour( const wxString &colourName )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxNode *node = NULL;
|
||||
if ( (wxTheColourDatabase) && (node = wxTheColourDatabase->Find(colourName)) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxColour *col = (wxColour*)node->Data();
|
||||
UnRef();
|
||||
if (col) Ref( *col );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxColourRefData();
|
||||
if (!gdk_color_parse( colourName, &M_COLDATA->m_color ))
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete m_refData;
|
||||
m_refData = NULL;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxColour::wxColour( const wxColour& col )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Ref( col );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxColour::wxColour( const wxColour* col )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (col) Ref( *col );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxColour::~wxColour(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxColour& wxColour::operator = ( const wxColour& col )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*this == col) return (*this);
|
||||
Ref( col );
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxColour& wxColour::operator = ( const wxString& colourName )
|
||||
{
|
||||
UnRef();
|
||||
wxNode *node = NULL;
|
||||
if ((wxTheColourDatabase) && (node = wxTheColourDatabase->Find(colourName)) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxColour *col = (wxColour*)node->Data();
|
||||
if (col) Ref( *col );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxColourRefData();
|
||||
if (!gdk_color_parse( colourName, &M_COLDATA->m_color ))
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete m_refData;
|
||||
m_refData = NULL;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxColour::operator == ( const wxColour& col )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_refData == col.m_refData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxColour::operator != ( const wxColour& col)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_refData != col.m_refData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxColour::Set( const unsigned char red, const unsigned char green, const unsigned char blue )
|
||||
{
|
||||
UnRef();
|
||||
m_refData = new wxColourRefData();
|
||||
M_COLDATA->m_color.red = ((unsigned short)red) << SHIFT;
|
||||
M_COLDATA->m_color.green = ((unsigned short)green) << SHIFT;
|
||||
M_COLDATA->m_color.blue = ((unsigned short)blue) << SHIFT;
|
||||
M_COLDATA->m_color.pixel = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char wxColour::Red(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return 0;
|
||||
return (unsigned char)(M_COLDATA->m_color.red >> SHIFT);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char wxColour::Green(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return 0;
|
||||
return (unsigned char)(M_COLDATA->m_color.green >> SHIFT);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char wxColour::Blue(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return 0;
|
||||
return (unsigned char)(M_COLDATA->m_color.blue >> SHIFT);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxColour::Ok(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (m_refData);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxColour::CalcPixel( GdkColormap *cmap )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((M_COLDATA->m_hasPixel) && (M_COLDATA->m_colormap == cmap)) return;
|
||||
M_COLDATA->FreeColour();
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_GDK_IMLIB
|
||||
|
||||
int r = M_COLDATA->m_color.red >> SHIFT;
|
||||
int g = M_COLDATA->m_color.green >> SHIFT;
|
||||
int b = M_COLDATA->m_color.blue >> SHIFT;
|
||||
M_COLDATA->m_hasPixel = TRUE;
|
||||
M_COLDATA->m_color.pixel = gdk_imlib_best_color_match( &r, &g, &b );
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
M_COLDATA->m_hasPixel = gdk_color_alloc( cmap, &M_COLDATA->m_color );
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
M_COLDATA->m_colormap = cmap;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxColour::GetPixel(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
return M_COLDATA->m_color.pixel;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
GdkColor *wxColour::GetColor(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
return &M_COLDATA->m_color;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
51
src/gtk1/control.cpp
Normal file
51
src/gtk1/control.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: control.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "control.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxControl
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxControl,wxWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
wxControl::wxControl(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_label = "";
|
||||
m_needParent = TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxControl::wxControl( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString &name ) :
|
||||
wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, style, name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxControl::Command( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxControl::SetLabel( const wxString &label )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_label = label;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxControl::GetLabel(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_label;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
6
src/gtk1/cross.xbm
Normal file
6
src/gtk1/cross.xbm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
#define cross_width 15
|
||||
#define cross_height 15
|
||||
static char cross_bits[] = {
|
||||
0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10,
|
||||
0x84, 0x10, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10,
|
||||
0xff, 0x7f, 0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10};
|
173
src/gtk1/cursor.cpp
Normal file
173
src/gtk1/cursor.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: cursor.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "cursor.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/cursor.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxCursor
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxCursorRefData: public wxObjectRefData
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxCursorRefData(void);
|
||||
~wxCursorRefData(void);
|
||||
|
||||
GdkCursor *m_cursor;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxCursorRefData::wxCursorRefData(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_cursor = NULL;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxCursorRefData::~wxCursorRefData(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_cursor) gdk_cursor_destroy( m_cursor );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#define M_CURSORDATA ((wxCursorRefData *)m_refData)
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCursor,wxObject)
|
||||
|
||||
wxCursor::wxCursor(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxCursor::wxCursor( const int cursorId )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxCursorRefData();
|
||||
|
||||
GdkCursorType gdk_cur = GDK_LEFT_PTR;
|
||||
switch (cursorId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case wxCURSOR_HAND: gdk_cur = GDK_HAND1; break;
|
||||
case wxCURSOR_CROSS: gdk_cur = GDK_CROSSHAIR; break;
|
||||
case wxCURSOR_SIZEWE: gdk_cur = GDK_SB_H_DOUBLE_ARROW; break;
|
||||
case wxCURSOR_SIZENS: gdk_cur = GDK_SB_V_DOUBLE_ARROW; break;
|
||||
case wxCURSOR_WAIT: gdk_cur = GDK_WATCH; break;
|
||||
case wxCURSOR_WATCH: gdk_cur = GDK_WATCH; break;
|
||||
case wxCURSOR_SIZING: gdk_cur = GDK_SIZING; break;
|
||||
case wxCURSOR_SPRAYCAN: gdk_cur = GDK_SPRAYCAN; break;
|
||||
case wxCURSOR_IBEAM: gdk_cur = GDK_XTERM; break;
|
||||
case wxCURSOR_PENCIL: gdk_cur = GDK_PENCIL; break;
|
||||
case wxCURSOR_NO_ENTRY: gdk_cur = GDK_PIRATE; break;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
M_CURSORDATA->m_cursor = gdk_cursor_new( gdk_cur );
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
do that yourself
|
||||
|
||||
wxCURSOR_BULLSEYE,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_CHAR,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_MAGNIFIER,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_NO_ENTRY,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_POINT_LEFT,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_POINT_RIGHT,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_SIZENESW,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_SIZENS,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_SIZENWSE,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_SIZEWE,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_BLANK
|
||||
,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_CROSS_REVERSE,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_DOUBLE_ARROW,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_BASED_ARROW_UP,
|
||||
wxCURSOR_BASED_ARROW_DOWN
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxCursor::wxCursor( const wxCursor &cursor )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Ref( cursor );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxCursor::wxCursor( const wxCursor *cursor )
|
||||
{
|
||||
UnRef();
|
||||
if (cursor) Ref( *cursor );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxCursor::~wxCursor(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxCursor& wxCursor::operator = ( const wxCursor& cursor )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*this == cursor) return (*this);
|
||||
Ref( cursor );
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxCursor::operator == ( const wxCursor& cursor )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_refData == cursor.m_refData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxCursor::operator != ( const wxCursor& cursor )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_refData != cursor.m_refData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxCursor::Ok(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
GdkCursor *wxCursor::GetCursor(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return M_CURSORDATA->m_cursor;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// busy cursor routines
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
bool g_isBusy = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
void wxEndBusyCursor(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_isBusy = FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxBeginBusyCursor( wxCursor *WXUNUSED(cursor) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_isBusy = TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxIsBusy(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return g_isBusy;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSetCursor( const wxCursor& cursor )
|
||||
{
|
||||
extern wxCursor *g_globalCursor;
|
||||
if (g_globalCursor) (*g_globalCursor) = cursor;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cursor.Ok()) {};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
705
src/gtk1/data.cpp
Normal file
705
src/gtk1/data.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,705 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: data.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
// #pragma implementation
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/wx.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define _MAXPATHLEN 500
|
||||
|
||||
// Used for X resources
|
||||
|
||||
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
|
||||
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
|
||||
#include <X11/Xresource.h>
|
||||
|
||||
wxList wxResourceCache(wxKEY_STRING);
|
||||
XrmDatabase wxResourceDatabase;
|
||||
|
||||
// Useful buffer, initialized in wxCommonInit
|
||||
char *wxBuffer = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// Windows List
|
||||
wxList wxTopLevelWindows;
|
||||
|
||||
// List of windows pending deletion
|
||||
wxList wxPendingDelete;
|
||||
|
||||
// Current cursor, in order to hang on to
|
||||
// cursor handle when setting the cursor globally
|
||||
wxCursor *g_globalCursor = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// Don't allow event propagation during drag
|
||||
bool g_blockEventsOnDrag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
// Message Strings for Internationalization
|
||||
char **wx_msg_str = (char**)NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// Custom OS version, as optionally placed in wx.ini/.wxrc
|
||||
// Currently this can be Win95, Windows, Win32s, WinNT.
|
||||
// For some systems, you can't tell until run-time what services you
|
||||
// have. See wxGetOsVersion, which uses this string if present.
|
||||
char *wxOsVersion = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// For printing several pages
|
||||
int wxPageNumber;
|
||||
wxPrintPaperDatabase* wxThePrintPaperDatabase = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// GDI Object Lists
|
||||
wxBrushList *wxTheBrushList = NULL;
|
||||
wxPenList *wxThePenList = NULL;
|
||||
wxFontList *wxTheFontList = NULL;
|
||||
wxColourDatabase *wxTheColourDatabase = NULL;
|
||||
wxBitmapList *wxTheBitmapList = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// X only font names
|
||||
wxFontNameDirectory wxTheFontNameDirectory;
|
||||
|
||||
// Stock objects
|
||||
wxFont *wxNORMAL_FONT;
|
||||
wxFont *wxSMALL_FONT;
|
||||
wxFont *wxITALIC_FONT;
|
||||
wxFont *wxSWISS_FONT;
|
||||
|
||||
wxPen *wxRED_PEN;
|
||||
wxPen *wxCYAN_PEN;
|
||||
wxPen *wxGREEN_PEN;
|
||||
wxPen *wxBLACK_PEN;
|
||||
wxPen *wxWHITE_PEN;
|
||||
wxPen *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN;
|
||||
wxPen *wxBLACK_DASHED_PEN;
|
||||
wxPen *wxGREY_PEN;
|
||||
wxPen *wxMEDIUM_GREY_PEN;
|
||||
wxPen *wxLIGHT_GREY_PEN;
|
||||
|
||||
wxBrush *wxBLUE_BRUSH;
|
||||
wxBrush *wxGREEN_BRUSH;
|
||||
wxBrush *wxWHITE_BRUSH;
|
||||
wxBrush *wxBLACK_BRUSH;
|
||||
wxBrush *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH;
|
||||
wxBrush *wxCYAN_BRUSH;
|
||||
wxBrush *wxRED_BRUSH;
|
||||
wxBrush *wxGREY_BRUSH;
|
||||
wxBrush *wxMEDIUM_GREY_BRUSH;
|
||||
wxBrush *wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH;
|
||||
|
||||
wxColour *wxBLACK;
|
||||
wxColour *wxWHITE;
|
||||
wxColour *wxGREY; // Robert Roebling
|
||||
wxColour *wxRED;
|
||||
wxColour *wxBLUE;
|
||||
wxColour *wxGREEN;
|
||||
wxColour *wxCYAN;
|
||||
wxColour *wxLIGHT_GREY;
|
||||
|
||||
wxCursor *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR = NULL;
|
||||
wxCursor *wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR = NULL;
|
||||
wxCursor *wxCROSS_CURSOR = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// 'Null' objects
|
||||
wxBitmap wxNullBitmap;
|
||||
wxIcon wxNullIcon;
|
||||
wxCursor wxNullCursor;
|
||||
wxPen wxNullPen;
|
||||
wxBrush wxNullBrush;
|
||||
wxFont wxNullFont;
|
||||
wxColour wxNullColour;
|
||||
wxPalette wxNullPalette;
|
||||
|
||||
// Default window names
|
||||
const char *wxButtonNameStr = "button";
|
||||
const char *wxCanvasNameStr = "canvas";
|
||||
const char *wxCheckBoxNameStr = "check";
|
||||
const char *wxChoiceNameStr = "choice";
|
||||
const char *wxComboBoxNameStr = "comboBox";
|
||||
const char *wxDialogNameStr = "dialog";
|
||||
const char *wxFrameNameStr = "frame";
|
||||
const char *wxGaugeNameStr = "gauge";
|
||||
const char *wxStaticBoxNameStr = "groupBox";
|
||||
const char *wxListBoxNameStr = "listBox";
|
||||
const char *wxStaticTextNameStr = "message";
|
||||
const char *wxStaticBitmapNameStr = "message";
|
||||
const char *wxMultiTextNameStr = "multitext";
|
||||
const char *wxPanelNameStr = "panel";
|
||||
const char *wxRadioBoxNameStr = "radioBox";
|
||||
const char *wxRadioButtonNameStr = "radioButton";
|
||||
const char *wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr = "radioButton";
|
||||
const char *wxScrollBarNameStr = "scrollBar";
|
||||
const char *wxSliderNameStr = "slider";
|
||||
const char *wxStaticNameStr = "static";
|
||||
const char *wxTextCtrlWindowNameStr = "textWindow";
|
||||
const char *wxTextCtrlNameStr = "text";
|
||||
const char *wxVirtListBoxNameStr = "virtListBox";
|
||||
const char *wxButtonBarNameStr = "buttonbar";
|
||||
const char *wxEnhDialogNameStr = "Shell";
|
||||
const char *wxToolBarNameStr = "toolbar";
|
||||
const char *wxStatusLineNameStr = "status_line";
|
||||
const char *wxEmptyString = "";
|
||||
const char *wxGetTextFromUserPromptStr = "Input Text";
|
||||
const char *wxMessageBoxCaptionStr = "Message";
|
||||
const char *wxFileSelectorPromptStr = "Select a file";
|
||||
const char *wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr = "*.*";
|
||||
const char *wxInternalErrorStr = "wxWindows Internal Error";
|
||||
const char *wxFatalErrorStr = "wxWindows Fatal Error";
|
||||
|
||||
// See wx/utils.h
|
||||
const char *wxFloatToStringStr = "%.2f";
|
||||
const char *wxDoubleToStringStr = "%.2f";
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef wx_msw
|
||||
const char *wxUserResourceStr = "TEXT";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* For wxWindows to be made into a dynamic library (e.g. Sun),
|
||||
* all IMPLEMENT_... macros must be in one place.
|
||||
* But normally, the definitions are in the appropriate places.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Hand-coded IMPLEMENT... macro for wxObject (define static data)
|
||||
wxClassInfo wxObject::classwxObject("wxObject", NULL, NULL, sizeof(wxObject), NULL);
|
||||
wxClassInfo *wxClassInfo::first = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/button.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/bmpbuttn.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButton, wxControl)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapButton, wxButton)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/checkbox.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckBox, wxControl)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapCheckBox, wxCheckBox)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/choice.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoice, wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_CLIPBOARD
|
||||
#include "wx/clipbrd.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboard, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxClipboardClient, wxObject)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_COMBOBOX
|
||||
#include "wx/combobox.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboBox, wxControl)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dc.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dcmemory.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dcclient.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dcscreen.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDC, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClientDC, wxDC)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowDC, wxDC)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPaintDC, wxDC)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMemoryDC, wxDC)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScreenDC, wxWindowDC)
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(wx_msw)
|
||||
#include "wx/dcprint.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPrinterDC, wxDC)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dialog.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialog, wxWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/frame.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFrame, wxWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/mdi.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame, wxFrame)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIChildFrame, wxFrame)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIClientWindow, wxWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/cmndata.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourData, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontData, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintData, wxObject)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/colordlg.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/fontdlg.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(wx_msw) || USE_GENERIC_DIALOGS_IN_MSW
|
||||
#include "wx/generic/colordlg.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/generic/fontdlg.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericColourDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFontDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// X defines wxColourDialog to be wxGenericColourDialog
|
||||
#ifndef wx_x
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/pen.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/brush.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/font.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/palette.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/icon.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/cursor.h"
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColour, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxColourDatabase, wxList)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontList, wxList)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPenList, wxList)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBrushList, wxList)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapList, wxList)
|
||||
|
||||
#if (!USE_TYPEDEFS)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPoint, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIntPoint, wxObject)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(wx_x) || (defined(wx_msw) && USE_PORTABLE_FONTS_IN_MSW)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontNameDirectory, wxObject)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/hash.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHashTable, wxObject)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/help.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHelpInstance, wxClient)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxHelpConnection, wxConnection)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/list.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNode, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxList, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStringList, wxList)
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
|
||||
#include "wx/print.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrinterBase, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrinter, wxPrinterBase)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowsPrinter, wxPrinterBase)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPrintout, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPreviewCanvas, wxWindow)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPreviewControlBar, wxWindow)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPreviewFrame, wxFrame)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPrintPreviewBase, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrintPreview, wxPrintPreviewBase)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxWindowsPrintPreview, wxPrintPreviewBase)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxGenericPrintDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxGenericPrintSetupDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_POSTSCRIPT
|
||||
#include "wx/postscrp.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptDC, wxDC)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintSetupData, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageSetupData, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintPaperType, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintPaperDatabase, wxList)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_WX_RESOURCES
|
||||
#include "wx/resource.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxItemResource, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxResourceTable, wxHashTable)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/event.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEvtHandler, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxEvent, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCommandEvent, wxEvent)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrollEvent, wxCommandEvent)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMouseEvent, wxEvent)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxKeyEvent, wxEvent)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSizeEvent, wxEvent)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPaintEvent, wxEvent)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEraseEvent, wxEvent)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMoveEvent, wxEvent)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFocusEvent, wxEvent)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCloseEvent, wxEvent)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuEvent, wxEvent)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJoystickEvent, wxEvent)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDropFilesEvent, wxEvent)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxActivateEvent, wxEvent)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxInitDialogEvent, wxEvent)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSysColourChangedEvent, wxEvent)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleEvent, wxEvent)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxUpdateUIEvent, wxEvent)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/utils.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPathList, wxList)
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRect, wxObject)
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_TIMEDATE
|
||||
#include "wx/date.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDate, wxObject)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE
|
||||
#include "wx/docview.h"
|
||||
//IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDocItem, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDocument, wxEvtHandler)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxView, wxEvtHandler)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDocTemplate, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDocManager, wxEvtHandler)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDocChildFrame, wxFrame)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDocParentFrame, wxFrame)
|
||||
#if USE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDocPrintout, wxPrintout)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxCommand, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCommandProcessor, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileHistory, wxObject)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_CONSTRAINTS
|
||||
#include "wx/layout.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIndividualLayoutConstraint, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxLayoutConstraints, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSizer, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRowColSizer, wxSizer)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_TOOLBAR
|
||||
#include "wx/tbarbase.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBarTool, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBarBase, wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/tbarsmpl.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBarSimple, wxToolBarBase)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef wx_msw
|
||||
#include "wx/tbarmsw.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBarMSW, wxToolBarBase)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/tbar95.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar95, wxToolBarBase)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/statusbr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStatusBar, wxWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxStatusBar, wxWindow)
|
||||
EVT_PAINT(wxStatusBar::OnPaint)
|
||||
EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxStatusBar::OnSysColourChanged)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_TIMEDATE
|
||||
#include "wx/time.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTime, wxObject)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !USE_GNU_WXSTRING
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxString, wxObject)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef wx_motif
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxXColormap, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxXFont, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxXCursor, wxObject)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont, wxGDIObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPalette, wxGDIObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPen, wxGDIObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBrush, wxGDIObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIcon, wxBitmap)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCursor, wxBitmap)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmap, wxGDIObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask, wxObject)
|
||||
|
||||
// This will presumably be implemented on other platforms too
|
||||
#ifdef wx_msw
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapHandler, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBMPResourceHandler, wxBitmapHandler)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBMPFileHandler, wxBitmapHandler)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxXPMFileHandler, wxBitmapHandler)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxXPMDataHandler, wxBitmapHandler)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxICOFileHandler, wxBitmapHandler)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxICOResourceHandler, wxBitmapHandler)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/statbox.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBox, wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_IPC
|
||||
#include "wx/dde.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDDEObject, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDDEServer, wxDDEObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDDEClient, wxDDEObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDDEConnection, wxObject)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxControl, wxWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/listbox.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListBox, wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxApp, wxEvtHandler)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/menu.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenu, wxWindow)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuItem, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuBar, wxWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/stattext.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/statbmp.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticText, wxControl)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBitmap, wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_METAFILE
|
||||
#include "wx/metafile.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMetaFile, wxObject)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxMetaFileDC, wxDC)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/radiobox.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/radiobut.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioBox, wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioButton, wxControl)
|
||||
// IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapRadioButton, wxRadioButton)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/scrolbar.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrollBar, wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxScrollBar, wxControl)
|
||||
EVT_SCROLL(wxScrollBar::OnScroll)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/slider.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSlider, wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxSlider, wxControl)
|
||||
EVT_SCROLL(wxSlider::OnScroll)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/timer.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxTimer, wxObject)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/textctrl.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextCtrl, wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/window.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxEvtHandler)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrolledWindow, wxWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/panel.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPanel, wxWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/msgbxdlg.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/textdlg.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/filedlg.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dirdlg.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/choicdlg.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(wx_msw) || USE_GENERIC_DIALOGS_IN_MSW
|
||||
#include "wx/generic/msgdlgg.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxGenericMessageDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxTextEntryDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxSingleChoiceDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxFileDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDirDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef wx_msw
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxMessageDialog)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_GAUGE
|
||||
#ifdef wx_motif
|
||||
#include "../../contrib/xmgauge/gauge.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include "wx_gauge.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGauge, wxControl)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/grid.h"
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericGrid, wxPanel)
|
||||
|
||||
///// Event tables (also must be in one, statically-linked file for shared libraries)
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the base, wxEvtHandler 'bootstrap' code which is expanded manually here
|
||||
const wxEventTable *wxEvtHandler::GetEventTable() const { return &wxEvtHandler::sm_eventTable; }
|
||||
|
||||
const wxEventTable wxEvtHandler::sm_eventTable =
|
||||
{ NULL, &wxEvtHandler::sm_eventTableEntries[0] };
|
||||
|
||||
const wxEventTableEntry wxEvtHandler::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { { 0, 0, 0, NULL } };
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxFrame, wxWindow)
|
||||
EVT_ACTIVATE(wxFrame::OnActivate)
|
||||
EVT_SIZE(wxFrame::OnSize)
|
||||
EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL(wxFrame::OnMenuHighlight)
|
||||
EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxFrame::OnSysColourChanged)
|
||||
EVT_IDLE(wxFrame::OnIdle)
|
||||
EVT_CLOSE(wxFrame::OnCloseWindow)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDialog, wxPanel)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxID_OK, wxDialog::OnOK)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxID_APPLY, wxDialog::OnApply)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxID_CANCEL, wxDialog::OnCancel)
|
||||
EVT_CHAR_HOOK(wxDialog::OnCharHook)
|
||||
EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxDialog::OnSysColourChanged)
|
||||
EVT_CLOSE(wxDialog::OnCloseWindow)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindow, wxEvtHandler)
|
||||
EVT_CHAR(wxWindow::OnChar)
|
||||
EVT_SIZE(wxWindow::Size)
|
||||
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxWindow::OnEraseBackground)
|
||||
EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged)
|
||||
EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindow::OnInitDialog)
|
||||
EVT_IDLE(wxWindow::OnIdle)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxScrolledWindow, wxWindow)
|
||||
EVT_SCROLL(wxScrolledWindow::OnScroll)
|
||||
EVT_SIZE(wxScrolledWindow::OnSize)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxPanel, wxWindow)
|
||||
EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxPanel::OnSysColourChanged)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxTextCtrl, wxControl)
|
||||
EVT_CHAR(wxTextCtrl::OnChar)
|
||||
EVT_DROP_FILES(wxTextCtrl::OnDropFiles)
|
||||
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxTextCtrl::OnEraseBackground)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef wx_msw
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxMDIParentWindow, wxFrame)
|
||||
EVT_SIZE(wxMDIParentWindow::OnSize)
|
||||
EVT_ACTIVATE(wxMDIParentWindow::OnActivate)
|
||||
EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxMDIParentWindow::OnSysColourChanged)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxMDIClientWindow, wxWindow)
|
||||
EVT_SCROLL(wxMDIClientWindow::OnScroll)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxToolBarBase, wxControl)
|
||||
EVT_SCROLL(wxToolBarBase::OnScroll)
|
||||
EVT_SIZE(wxToolBarBase::OnSize)
|
||||
EVT_IDLE(wxToolBarBase::OnIdle)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxToolBarSimple, wxToolBarBase)
|
||||
EVT_SIZE(wxToolBarSimple::OnSize)
|
||||
EVT_PAINT(wxToolBarSimple::OnPaint)
|
||||
EVT_KILL_FOCUS(wxToolBarSimple::OnKillFocus)
|
||||
EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxToolBarSimple::OnMouseEvent)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef wx_msw
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxToolBarMSW, wxToolBarBase)
|
||||
EVT_SIZE(wxToolBarMSW::OnSize)
|
||||
EVT_PAINT(wxToolBarMSW::OnPaint)
|
||||
EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxToolBarMSW::OnMouseEvent)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxToolBar95, wxToolBarBase)
|
||||
EVT_SIZE(wxToolBar95::OnSize)
|
||||
EVT_PAINT(wxToolBar95::OnPaint)
|
||||
EVT_KILL_FOCUS(wxToolBar95::OnKillFocus)
|
||||
EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxToolBar95::OnMouseEvent)
|
||||
EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxToolBar95::OnSysColourChanged)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericGrid, wxPanel)
|
||||
EVT_SIZE(wxGenericGrid::OnSize)
|
||||
EVT_PAINT(wxGenericGrid::OnPaint)
|
||||
EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxGenericGrid::OnMouseEvent)
|
||||
EVT_TEXT(wxGRID_TEXT_CTRL, wxGenericGrid::OnText)
|
||||
EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL(wxGRID_HSCROLL, wxGenericGrid::OnGridScroll)
|
||||
EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL(wxGRID_VSCROLL, wxGenericGrid::OnGridScroll)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxControl, wxWindow)
|
||||
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxControl::OnEraseBackground)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(wx_msw) || USE_GENERIC_DIALOGS_IN_MSW
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericMessageDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxID_YES, wxGenericMessageDialog::OnYes)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxID_NO, wxGenericMessageDialog::OnNo)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxID_CANCEL, wxGenericMessageDialog::OnCancel)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericColourDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxID_ADD_CUSTOM, wxGenericColourDialog::OnAddCustom)
|
||||
EVT_SLIDER(wxID_RED_SLIDER, wxGenericColourDialog::OnRedSlider)
|
||||
EVT_SLIDER(wxID_GREEN_SLIDER, wxGenericColourDialog::OnGreenSlider)
|
||||
EVT_SLIDER(wxID_BLUE_SLIDER, wxGenericColourDialog::OnBlueSlider)
|
||||
EVT_PAINT(wxGenericColourDialog::OnPaint)
|
||||
EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxGenericColourDialog::OnMouseEvent)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericFontDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
EVT_CHECKBOX(wxID_FONT_UNDERLINE, wxGenericFontDialog::OnChangeFont)
|
||||
EVT_CHOICE(wxID_FONT_STYLE, wxGenericFontDialog::OnChangeFont)
|
||||
EVT_CHOICE(wxID_FONT_WEIGHT, wxGenericFontDialog::OnChangeFont)
|
||||
EVT_CHOICE(wxID_FONT_FAMILY, wxGenericFontDialog::OnChangeFont)
|
||||
EVT_CHOICE(wxID_FONT_COLOUR, wxGenericFontDialog::OnChangeFont)
|
||||
EVT_CHOICE(wxID_FONT_SIZE, wxGenericFontDialog::OnChangeFont)
|
||||
EVT_PAINT(wxGenericFontDialog::OnPaint)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericPrintDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxID_OK, wxGenericPrintDialog::OnOK)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxPRINTID_SETUP, wxGenericPrintDialog::OnSetup)
|
||||
EVT_RADIOBOX(wxPRINTID_RANGE, wxGenericPrintDialog::OnRange)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxTextEntryDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxID_OK, wxTextEntryDialog::OnOK)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxSingleChoiceDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxID_OK, wxSingleChoiceDialog::OnOK)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/prntbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxPrintAbortDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxID_CANCEL, wxPrintAbortDialog::OnCancel)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxPreviewControlBar, wxWindow)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxID_PREVIEW_CLOSE, wxPreviewControlBar::OnClose)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxID_PREVIEW_PRINT, wxPreviewControlBar::OnPrint)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxID_PREVIEW_PREVIOUS, wxPreviewControlBar::OnPrevious)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxID_PREVIEW_NEXT, wxPreviewControlBar::OnNext)
|
||||
EVT_CHOICE(wxID_PREVIEW_ZOOM, wxPreviewControlBar::OnZoom)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
const wxSize wxDefaultSize(-1, -1);
|
||||
const wxPoint wxDefaultPosition(-1, -1);
|
370
src/gtk1/dc.cpp
Normal file
370
src/gtk1/dc.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dc.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "dc.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// constants
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#define mm2inches 0.0393700787402
|
||||
#define inches2mm 25.4
|
||||
#define mm2twips 56.6929133859
|
||||
#define twips2mm 0.0176388888889
|
||||
#define mm2pt 2.83464566929
|
||||
#define pt2mm 0.352777777778
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxDC
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDC,wxObject)
|
||||
|
||||
wxDC::wxDC(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_ok = FALSE;
|
||||
m_optimize = FALSE;
|
||||
m_autoSetting = FALSE;
|
||||
m_colour = TRUE;
|
||||
m_clipping = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
m_mm_to_pix_x = 1.0;
|
||||
m_mm_to_pix_y = 1.0;
|
||||
|
||||
m_logicalOriginX = 0;
|
||||
m_logicalOriginY = 0;
|
||||
m_deviceOriginX = 0;
|
||||
m_deviceOriginY = 0;
|
||||
m_internalDeviceOriginX = 0;
|
||||
m_internalDeviceOriginY = 0;
|
||||
m_externalDeviceOriginX = 0;
|
||||
m_externalDeviceOriginY = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
m_logicalScaleX = 1.0;
|
||||
m_logicalScaleY = 1.0;
|
||||
m_userScaleX = 1.0;
|
||||
m_userScaleY = 1.0;
|
||||
m_scaleX = 1.0;
|
||||
m_scaleY = 1.0;
|
||||
|
||||
m_mappingMode = MM_TEXT;
|
||||
m_needComputeScaleX = FALSE;
|
||||
m_needComputeScaleY = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
m_signX = 1; // default x-axis left to right
|
||||
m_signY = 1; // default y-axis top down
|
||||
|
||||
m_maxX = m_maxY = -100000;
|
||||
m_minY = m_minY = 100000;
|
||||
|
||||
m_logicalFunction = wxCOPY;
|
||||
// m_textAlignment = wxALIGN_TOP_LEFT;
|
||||
m_backgroundMode = wxTRANSPARENT;
|
||||
|
||||
m_textForegroundColour = *wxBLACK;
|
||||
m_textBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
|
||||
m_pen = *wxBLACK_PEN;
|
||||
m_font = *wxNORMAL_FONT;
|
||||
m_brush = *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH;
|
||||
m_backgroundBrush = *wxWHITE_BRUSH;
|
||||
|
||||
// m_palette = wxAPP_COLOURMAP;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxDC::~wxDC(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::DrawArc( long WXUNUSED(x1), long WXUNUSED(y1), long WXUNUSED(x2), long WXUNUSED(y2),
|
||||
double WXUNUSED(xc), double WXUNUSED(yc) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::DrawIcon( const wxIcon &WXUNUSED(icon), long WXUNUSED(x), long WXUNUSED(y), bool WXUNUSED(useMask) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::DrawPoint( wxPoint& point )
|
||||
{
|
||||
DrawPoint( point.x, point.y );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::DrawPolygon( wxList *list, long xoffset, long yoffset, int fillStyle )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int n = list->Number();
|
||||
wxPoint *points = new wxPoint[n];
|
||||
|
||||
int i = 0;
|
||||
for( wxNode *node = list->First(); node; node = node->Next() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxPoint *point = (wxPoint *)node->Data();
|
||||
points[i].x = point->x;
|
||||
points[i++].y = point->y;
|
||||
};
|
||||
DrawPolygon( n, points, xoffset, yoffset, fillStyle );
|
||||
delete[] points;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::DrawLines( wxList *list, long xoffset, long yoffset )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int n = list->Number();
|
||||
wxPoint *points = new wxPoint[n];
|
||||
|
||||
int i = 0;
|
||||
for( wxNode *node = list->First(); node; node = node->Next() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxPoint *point = (wxPoint *)node->Data();
|
||||
points[i].x = point->x;
|
||||
points[i++].y = point->y;
|
||||
};
|
||||
DrawLines( n, points, xoffset, yoffset );
|
||||
delete []points;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::DrawSpline( long x1, long y1, long x2, long y2, long x3, long y3 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxList list;
|
||||
list.DeleteContents(TRUE);
|
||||
list.Append( new wxPoint(x1, y1) );
|
||||
list.Append( new wxPoint(x2, y2) );
|
||||
list.Append( new wxPoint(x3, y3) );
|
||||
DrawSpline(&list);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::DrawSpline( wxList *points )
|
||||
{
|
||||
DrawOpenSpline( points );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::DrawSpline( int n, wxPoint points[] )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxList list;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) list.Append( (wxObject*)&points[i] );
|
||||
DrawSpline( &list );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::SetClippingRegion( long x, long y, long width, long height )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_clipping = TRUE;
|
||||
m_clipX1 = x;
|
||||
m_clipY1 = y;
|
||||
m_clipX2 = x + width;
|
||||
m_clipY2 = y + height;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::DestroyClippingRegion(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_clipping = FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::GetClippingBox( long *x, long *y, long *width, long *height ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_clipping)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x) *x = m_clipX1;
|
||||
if (y) *y = m_clipY1;
|
||||
if (width) *width = (m_clipX2 - m_clipX1);
|
||||
if (height) *height = (m_clipY2 - m_clipY1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
*x = *y = *width = *height = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::GetSize( int* width, int* height ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
*width = m_maxX-m_minX;
|
||||
*height = m_maxY-m_minY;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::GetSizeMM( long* width, long* height ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int w = 0;
|
||||
int h = 0;
|
||||
GetSize( &w, &h );
|
||||
*width = long( double(w) / (m_scaleX*m_mm_to_pix_x) );
|
||||
*height = long( double(h) / (m_scaleY*m_mm_to_pix_y) );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::SetTextForeground( const wxColour &col )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
m_textForegroundColour = col;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::SetTextBackground( const wxColour &col )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
m_textBackgroundColour = col;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::SetMapMode( int mode )
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case MM_TWIPS:
|
||||
SetLogicalScale( twips2mm*m_mm_to_pix_x, twips2mm*m_mm_to_pix_y );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case MM_POINTS:
|
||||
SetLogicalScale( pt2mm*m_mm_to_pix_x, pt2mm*m_mm_to_pix_y );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case MM_METRIC:
|
||||
SetLogicalScale( m_mm_to_pix_x, m_mm_to_pix_y );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case MM_LOMETRIC:
|
||||
SetLogicalScale( m_mm_to_pix_x/10.0, m_mm_to_pix_y/10.0 );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
case MM_TEXT:
|
||||
SetLogicalScale( 1.0, 1.0 );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
};
|
||||
if (mode != MM_TEXT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_needComputeScaleX = TRUE;
|
||||
m_needComputeScaleY = TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::SetUserScale( double x, double y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// allow negative ? -> no
|
||||
m_userScaleX = x;
|
||||
m_userScaleY = y;
|
||||
ComputeScaleAndOrigin();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::GetUserScale( double *x, double *y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x) *x = m_userScaleX;
|
||||
if (y) *y = m_userScaleY;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::SetLogicalScale( double x, double y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// allow negative ?
|
||||
m_logicalScaleX = x;
|
||||
m_logicalScaleY = y;
|
||||
ComputeScaleAndOrigin();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::GetLogicalScale( double *x, double *y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x) *x = m_logicalScaleX;
|
||||
if (y) *y = m_logicalScaleY;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::SetLogicalOrigin( long x, long y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_logicalOriginX = x * m_signX; // is this still correct ?
|
||||
m_logicalOriginY = y * m_signY;
|
||||
ComputeScaleAndOrigin();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::GetLogicalOrigin( long *x, long *y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x) *x = m_logicalOriginX;
|
||||
if (y) *y = m_logicalOriginY;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::SetDeviceOrigin( long x, long y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_externalDeviceOriginX = x;
|
||||
m_externalDeviceOriginY = y;
|
||||
ComputeScaleAndOrigin();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::GetDeviceOrigin( long *x, long *y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x) *x = m_externalDeviceOriginX;
|
||||
if (y) *y = m_externalDeviceOriginY;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::SetInternalDeviceOrigin( long x, long y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_internalDeviceOriginX = x;
|
||||
m_internalDeviceOriginY = y;
|
||||
ComputeScaleAndOrigin();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::GetInternalDeviceOrigin( long *x, long *y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x) *x = m_internalDeviceOriginX;
|
||||
if (y) *y = m_internalDeviceOriginY;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::SetAxisOrientation( bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_signX = (xLeftRight ? 1 : -1);
|
||||
m_signY = (yBottomUp ? -1 : 1);
|
||||
ComputeScaleAndOrigin();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
long wxDC::DeviceToLogicalX(long x) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return XDEV2LOG(x);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
long wxDC::DeviceToLogicalY(long y) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return YDEV2LOG(y);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
long wxDC::DeviceToLogicalXRel(long x) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return XDEV2LOGREL(x);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
long wxDC::DeviceToLogicalYRel(long y) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return YDEV2LOGREL(y);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
long wxDC::LogicalToDeviceX(long x) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return XLOG2DEV(x);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
long wxDC::LogicalToDeviceY(long y) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return YLOG2DEV(y);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
long wxDC::LogicalToDeviceXRel(long x) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return XLOG2DEVREL(x);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
long wxDC::LogicalToDeviceYRel(long y) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return YLOG2DEVREL(y);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::CalcBoundingBox( long x, long y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x < m_minX) m_minX = x;
|
||||
if (y < m_minY) m_minY = y;
|
||||
if (x > m_maxX) m_maxX = x;
|
||||
if (y > m_maxY) m_maxY = y;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDC::ComputeScaleAndOrigin(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_scaleX = m_logicalScaleX * m_userScaleX;
|
||||
m_scaleY = m_logicalScaleY * m_userScaleY;
|
||||
|
||||
m_deviceOriginX = m_internalDeviceOriginX + m_externalDeviceOriginX;
|
||||
m_deviceOriginY = m_internalDeviceOriginY + m_externalDeviceOriginY;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
773
src/gtk1/dcclient.cpp
Normal file
773
src/gtk1/dcclient.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,773 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dcclient.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "dcclient.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dcclient.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// local data
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include "bdiag.xbm"
|
||||
#include "fdiag.xbm"
|
||||
#include "cdiag.xbm"
|
||||
#include "horiz.xbm"
|
||||
#include "verti.xbm"
|
||||
#include "cross.xbm"
|
||||
#define num_hatches 6
|
||||
|
||||
static GdkPixmap *hatches[num_hatches];
|
||||
static GdkPixmap **hatch_bitmap = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// constants
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#define RAD2DEG 57.2957795131
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxPaintDC
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPaintDC,wxDC)
|
||||
|
||||
wxPaintDC::wxPaintDC(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxPaintDC::wxPaintDC( wxWindow *window )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!window) return;
|
||||
GtkWidget *widget = window->m_wxwindow;
|
||||
if (!widget) return;
|
||||
m_window = widget->window;
|
||||
if (!m_window) return;
|
||||
if (window->m_wxwindow)
|
||||
m_cmap = gtk_widget_get_colormap( window->m_wxwindow );
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_cmap = gtk_widget_get_colormap( window->m_widget );
|
||||
SetUpDC();
|
||||
|
||||
long x = 0;
|
||||
long y = 0;
|
||||
window->GetDrawingOffset( &x, &y );
|
||||
SetInternalDeviceOrigin( -x, -y );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxPaintDC::~wxPaintDC(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::FloodFill( long WXUNUSED(x1), long WXUNUSED(y1),
|
||||
wxColour *WXUNUSED(col), int WXUNUSED(style) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxPaintDC::GetPixel( long WXUNUSED(x1), long WXUNUSED(y1), wxColour *WXUNUSED(col) ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::DrawLine( long x1, long y1, long x2, long y2 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_pen.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gdk_draw_line( m_window, m_penGC,
|
||||
XLOG2DEV(x1), YLOG2DEV(y1), XLOG2DEV(x2), YLOG2DEV(y2) );
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::CrossHair( long x, long y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_pen.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int w = 0;
|
||||
int h = 0;
|
||||
GetSize( &w, &h );
|
||||
long xx = XLOG2DEV(x);
|
||||
long yy = YLOG2DEV(y);
|
||||
gdk_draw_line( m_window, m_penGC,
|
||||
0, yy, XLOG2DEVREL(w), yy );
|
||||
gdk_draw_line( m_window, m_penGC,
|
||||
xx, 0, xx, YLOG2DEVREL(h) );
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::DrawArc( long x1, long y1, long x2, long y2, double xc, double yc )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
long xx1 = XLOG2DEV(x1);
|
||||
long yy1 = YLOG2DEV(y1);
|
||||
long xx2 = XLOG2DEV(x2);
|
||||
long yy2 = YLOG2DEV(y2);
|
||||
long xxc = XLOG2DEV((long)xc);
|
||||
long yyc = YLOG2DEV((long)yc);
|
||||
double dx = xx1 - xxc;
|
||||
double dy = yy1 - yyc;
|
||||
double radius = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
|
||||
long r = (long)radius;
|
||||
double radius1, radius2;
|
||||
|
||||
if (xx1 == xx2 && yy1 == yy2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
radius1 = 0.0;
|
||||
radius2 = 360.0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (radius == 0.0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
radius1 = radius2 = 0.0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
radius1 = (xx1 - xxc == 0) ?
|
||||
(yy1 - yyc < 0) ? 90.0 : -90.0 :
|
||||
-atan2(double(yy1-yyc), double(xx1-xxc)) * RAD2DEG;
|
||||
radius2 = (xx2 - xxc == 0) ?
|
||||
(yy2 - yyc < 0) ? 90.0 : -90.0 :
|
||||
-atan2(double(yy2-yyc), double(xx2-xxc)) * RAD2DEG;
|
||||
};
|
||||
long alpha1 = long(radius1 * 64.0);
|
||||
long alpha2 = long((radius2 - radius1) * 64.0);
|
||||
while (alpha2 <= 0) alpha2 += 360*64;
|
||||
while (alpha1 > 360*64) alpha1 -= 360*64;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_brush.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT)
|
||||
gdk_draw_arc( m_window, m_brushGC, TRUE, xxc-r, yyc-r, 2*r,2*r, alpha1, alpha2 );
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_pen.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT)
|
||||
gdk_draw_arc( m_window, m_penGC, FALSE, xxc-r, yyc-r, 2*r,2*r, alpha1, alpha2 );
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::DrawEllipticArc( long x, long y, long width, long height, double sa, double ea )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (width<0) { width=-width; x=x-width; }
|
||||
if (height<0) { height=-height; y=y-height; }
|
||||
|
||||
long xx = XLOG2DEV(x);
|
||||
long yy = YLOG2DEV(y);
|
||||
long ww = XLOG2DEVREL(width);
|
||||
long hh = YLOG2DEVREL(height);
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_brush.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT)
|
||||
gdk_draw_arc( m_window, m_brushGC, TRUE, xx, yy, ww-1, hh-1, 0, long(sa*64) );
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_pen.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT)
|
||||
gdk_draw_arc( m_window, m_penGC, FALSE, xx, yy, ww, hh, 0, long(ea*64) );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::DrawPoint( long x, long y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_pen.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT)
|
||||
gdk_draw_point( m_window, m_penGC, XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(y) );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::DrawLines( int n, wxPoint points[], long xoffset, long yoffset )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_pen.GetStyle() == wxTRANSPARENT) return;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < n-1; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
long x1 = XLOG2DEV(points[i].x + xoffset);
|
||||
long x2 = XLOG2DEV(points[i+1].x + xoffset);
|
||||
long y1 = YLOG2DEV(points[i].y + yoffset); // oh, what a waste
|
||||
long y2 = YLOG2DEV(points[i+1].y + yoffset);
|
||||
gdk_draw_line( m_window, m_brushGC, x1, y1, x2, y2 );
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::DrawLines( wxList *points, long xoffset, long yoffset )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_pen.GetStyle() == wxTRANSPARENT) return;
|
||||
|
||||
wxNode *node = points->First();
|
||||
while (node->Next())
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxPoint *point = (wxPoint*)node->Data();
|
||||
wxPoint *npoint = (wxPoint*)node->Next()->Data();
|
||||
long x1 = XLOG2DEV(point->x + xoffset);
|
||||
long x2 = XLOG2DEV(npoint->x + xoffset);
|
||||
long y1 = YLOG2DEV(point->y + yoffset); // and again...
|
||||
long y2 = YLOG2DEV(npoint->y + yoffset);
|
||||
gdk_draw_line( m_window, m_brushGC, x1, y1, x2, y2 );
|
||||
node = node->Next();
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::DrawPolygon( int WXUNUSED(n), wxPoint WXUNUSED(points)[],
|
||||
long WXUNUSED(xoffset), long WXUNUSED(yoffset), int WXUNUSED(fillStyle) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::DrawPolygon( wxList *WXUNUSED(lines), long WXUNUSED(xoffset),
|
||||
long WXUNUSED(yoffset), int WXUNUSED(fillStyle) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::DrawRectangle( long x, long y, long width, long height )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
long xx = XLOG2DEV(x);
|
||||
long yy = YLOG2DEV(y);
|
||||
long ww = XLOG2DEVREL(width);
|
||||
long hh = YLOG2DEVREL(height);
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_brush.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT)
|
||||
gdk_draw_rectangle( m_window, m_brushGC, TRUE, xx, yy, ww, hh );
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_pen.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT)
|
||||
gdk_draw_rectangle( m_window, m_penGC, FALSE, xx, yy, ww-1, hh-1 );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::DrawRoundedRectangle( long x, long y, long width, long height, double radius )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (width<0) { width=-width; x=x-width; }
|
||||
if (height<0) { height=-height; y=y-height; }
|
||||
|
||||
if (radius < 0.0) radius = - radius * ((width < height) ? width : height);
|
||||
|
||||
long xx = XLOG2DEV(x);
|
||||
long yy = YLOG2DEV(y);
|
||||
long ww = XLOG2DEVREL(width);
|
||||
long hh = YLOG2DEVREL(height);
|
||||
long rr = XLOG2DEVREL((long)radius);
|
||||
long dd = 2 * rr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_brush.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gdk_draw_rectangle( m_window, m_brushGC, TRUE, xx+rr, yy, ww-dd, hh );
|
||||
gdk_draw_rectangle( m_window, m_brushGC, TRUE, xx, yy+rr, ww, hh-dd );
|
||||
gdk_draw_arc( m_window, m_brushGC, TRUE, xx, yy, dd, dd, 90*64, 90*64 );
|
||||
gdk_draw_arc( m_window, m_brushGC, TRUE, xx+ww-dd, yy, dd, dd, 0, 90*64 );
|
||||
gdk_draw_arc( m_window, m_brushGC, TRUE, xx+ww-dd, yy+hh-dd, dd, dd, 270*64, 90*64 );
|
||||
gdk_draw_arc( m_window, m_brushGC, TRUE, xx, yy+hh-dd, dd, dd, 180*64, 90*64 );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_pen.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gdk_draw_line( m_window, m_penGC, xx+rr, yy, xx+ww-rr, yy );
|
||||
gdk_draw_line( m_window, m_penGC, xx+rr, yy+hh, xx+ww-rr, yy+hh );
|
||||
gdk_draw_line( m_window, m_penGC, xx, yy+rr, xx, yy+hh-rr );
|
||||
gdk_draw_line( m_window, m_penGC, xx+ww, yy+rr, xx+ww, yy+hh-rr );
|
||||
gdk_draw_arc( m_window, m_penGC, FALSE, xx, yy, dd, dd, 90*64, 90*64 );
|
||||
gdk_draw_arc( m_window, m_penGC, FALSE, xx+ww-dd, yy, dd, dd, 0, 90*64 );
|
||||
gdk_draw_arc( m_window, m_penGC, FALSE, xx+ww-dd, yy+hh-dd, dd, dd, 270*64, 90*64 );
|
||||
gdk_draw_arc( m_window, m_penGC, FALSE, xx, yy+hh-dd, dd, dd, 180*64, 90*64 );
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::DrawEllipse( long x, long y, long width, long height )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (width<0) { width=-width; x=x-width; }
|
||||
if (height<0) { height=-height; y=y-height; }
|
||||
|
||||
long xx = XLOG2DEV(x);
|
||||
long yy = YLOG2DEV(y);
|
||||
long ww = XLOG2DEVREL(width);
|
||||
long hh = YLOG2DEVREL(height);
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_brush.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT)
|
||||
gdk_draw_arc( m_window, m_brushGC, TRUE, xx, yy, ww, hh, 0, 360*64 );
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_pen.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT)
|
||||
gdk_draw_arc( m_window, m_penGC, FALSE, xx, yy, ww, hh, 0, 360*64 );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxPaintDC::CanDrawBitmap(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::DrawIcon( const wxIcon &icon, long x, long y, bool useMask )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!icon.Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
int xx = XLOG2DEV(x);
|
||||
int yy = YLOG2DEV(y);
|
||||
|
||||
GdkBitmap *mask = NULL;
|
||||
if (icon.GetMask()) mask = icon.GetMask()->GetBitmap();
|
||||
|
||||
if (useMask && mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_clip_mask( m_penGC, mask );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_clip_origin( m_penGC, xx, yy );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
GdkPixmap *pm = icon.GetPixmap();
|
||||
gdk_draw_pixmap( m_window, m_penGC, pm, 0, 0, xx, yy, -1, -1 );
|
||||
|
||||
if (useMask && mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_clip_mask( m_penGC, NULL );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_clip_origin( m_penGC, 0, 0 );
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxPaintDC::Blit( long xdest, long ydest, long width, long height,
|
||||
wxDC *source, long xsrc, long ysrc, int WXUNUSED(logical_func), bool WXUNUSED(useMask) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
wxClientDC *csrc = (wxClientDC*)source;
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_window_copy_area ( m_window, m_penGC,
|
||||
XLOG2DEV(xdest), YLOG2DEV(ydest),
|
||||
csrc->GetWindow(),
|
||||
source->DeviceToLogicalX(xsrc), source->DeviceToLogicalY(ysrc),
|
||||
source->DeviceToLogicalXRel(width), source->DeviceToLogicalYRel(height) );
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
gdk_window_copy_area ( m_window, m_penGC,
|
||||
XLOG2DEV(xdest), YLOG2DEV(ydest),
|
||||
csrc->GetWindow(),
|
||||
xsrc, ysrc,
|
||||
width, height );
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::DrawText( const wxString &text, long x, long y, bool WXUNUSED(use16) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
GdkFont *font = m_font.GetInternalFont( m_scaleY );
|
||||
gdk_draw_string( m_window, font, m_textGC,
|
||||
XLOG2DEV(x),
|
||||
YLOG2DEV(y) + font->ascent, text );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxPaintDC::CanGetTextExtent(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::GetTextExtent( const wxString &string, long *width, long *height,
|
||||
long *WXUNUSED(descent), long *WXUNUSED(externalLeading),
|
||||
wxFont *WXUNUSED(theFont), bool WXUNUSED(use16) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
GdkFont *font = m_font.GetInternalFont( m_scaleY );
|
||||
if (width) (*width) = gdk_string_width( font, string );
|
||||
if (height) (*height) = font->ascent + font->descent;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
long wxPaintDC::GetCharWidth(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
GdkFont *font = m_font.GetInternalFont( m_scaleY );
|
||||
return gdk_string_width( font, "H" );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
long wxPaintDC::GetCharHeight(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
GdkFont *font = m_font.GetInternalFont( m_scaleY );
|
||||
return font->ascent + font->descent;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::Clear(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
DestroyClippingRegion();
|
||||
gdk_window_clear( m_window );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::SetFont( const wxFont &font )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_font = font;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::SetPen( const wxPen &pen )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_pen == pen) return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_pen = pen;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!m_pen.Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
gint width = m_pen.GetWidth();
|
||||
|
||||
GdkLineStyle lineStyle = GDK_LINE_SOLID;
|
||||
switch (m_pen.GetStyle())
|
||||
{
|
||||
case wxSOLID: { lineStyle = GDK_LINE_SOLID; break; };
|
||||
case wxDOT: { lineStyle = GDK_LINE_ON_OFF_DASH; break; };
|
||||
case wxLONG_DASH: { lineStyle = GDK_LINE_ON_OFF_DASH; break; };
|
||||
case wxSHORT_DASH: { lineStyle = GDK_LINE_ON_OFF_DASH; break; };
|
||||
case wxDOT_DASH: { lineStyle = GDK_LINE_DOUBLE_DASH; break; };
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
GdkCapStyle capStyle = GDK_CAP_ROUND;
|
||||
switch (m_pen.GetCap())
|
||||
{
|
||||
case wxCAP_ROUND: { capStyle = GDK_CAP_ROUND; break; };
|
||||
case wxCAP_PROJECTING: { capStyle = GDK_CAP_PROJECTING; break; };
|
||||
case wxCAP_BUTT: { capStyle = GDK_CAP_BUTT; break; };
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
GdkJoinStyle joinStyle = GDK_JOIN_ROUND;
|
||||
switch (m_pen.GetJoin())
|
||||
{
|
||||
case wxJOIN_BEVEL: { joinStyle = GDK_JOIN_BEVEL; break; };
|
||||
case wxJOIN_ROUND: { joinStyle = GDK_JOIN_ROUND; break; };
|
||||
case wxJOIN_MITER: { joinStyle = GDK_JOIN_MITER; break; };
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_line_attributes( m_penGC, width, lineStyle, capStyle, joinStyle );
|
||||
|
||||
m_pen.GetColour().CalcPixel( m_cmap );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_foreground( m_penGC, m_pen.GetColour().GetColor() );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::SetBrush( const wxBrush &brush )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_brush == brush) return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_brush = brush;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!m_brush.Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_brush.GetColour().CalcPixel( m_cmap );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_foreground( m_brushGC, m_brush.GetColour().GetColor() );
|
||||
|
||||
GdkFill fillStyle = GDK_SOLID;
|
||||
switch (m_brush.GetStyle())
|
||||
{
|
||||
case wxSOLID:
|
||||
case wxTRANSPARENT:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
fillStyle = GDK_STIPPLED;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_fill( m_brushGC, fillStyle );
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_brush.GetStyle() == wxSTIPPLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_stipple( m_brushGC, m_brush.GetStipple()->GetPixmap() );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
if (IS_HATCH(m_brush.GetStyle()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
int num = m_brush.GetStyle() - wxBDIAGONAL_HATCH;
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_stipple( m_brushGC, hatches[num] );
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::SetLogicalFunction( int function )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_logicalFunction == function) return;
|
||||
GdkFunction mode = GDK_COPY;
|
||||
switch (function)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case wxXOR: mode = GDK_INVERT; break;
|
||||
case wxINVERT: mode = GDK_INVERT; break;
|
||||
default: break;
|
||||
};
|
||||
m_logicalFunction = function;
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_function( m_penGC, mode );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_function( m_brushGC, mode );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::SetTextForeground( const wxColour &col )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_textForegroundColour == col) return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_textForegroundColour = col;
|
||||
if (!m_textForegroundColour.Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_textForegroundColour.CalcPixel( m_cmap );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_foreground( m_textGC, m_textForegroundColour.GetColor() );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::SetTextBackground( const wxColour &col )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_textBackgroundColour == col) return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_textBackgroundColour = col;
|
||||
if (!m_textBackgroundColour.Ok()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_textBackgroundColour.CalcPixel( m_cmap );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_background( m_textGC, m_textBackgroundColour.GetColor() );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::SetBackgroundMode( int WXUNUSED(mode) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::SetPalette( const wxPalette& WXUNUSED(palette) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::SetClippingRegion( long x, long y, long width, long height )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxDC::SetClippingRegion( x, y, width, height );
|
||||
|
||||
GdkRectangle rect;
|
||||
rect.x = XLOG2DEV(x);
|
||||
rect.y = YLOG2DEV(y);
|
||||
rect.width = XLOG2DEV(x+width);
|
||||
rect.height = YLOG2DEV(y+height);
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle( m_penGC, &rect );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle( m_brushGC, &rect );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle( m_textGC, &rect );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle( m_bgGC, &rect );
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::DestroyClippingRegion(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxDC::DestroyClippingRegion();
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle( m_penGC, NULL );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle( m_brushGC, NULL );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle( m_textGC, NULL );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle( m_bgGC, NULL );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::SetUpDC(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_ok = TRUE;
|
||||
m_logicalFunction = wxCOPY;
|
||||
m_penGC = gdk_gc_new( m_window );
|
||||
m_brushGC = gdk_gc_new( m_window );
|
||||
m_textGC = gdk_gc_new( m_window );
|
||||
m_bgGC = gdk_gc_new( m_window );
|
||||
SetTextForeground( m_textForegroundColour );
|
||||
SetTextBackground( m_textBackgroundColour );
|
||||
SetPen( m_pen );
|
||||
SetFont( m_font );
|
||||
SetBrush( m_brush );
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_background( m_penGC, wxWHITE->GetColor() );
|
||||
|
||||
if (!hatch_bitmap)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hatch_bitmap = hatches;
|
||||
hatch_bitmap[0] = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data( NULL, bdiag_bits, bdiag_width, bdiag_height );
|
||||
hatch_bitmap[1] = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data( NULL, cdiag_bits, cdiag_width, cdiag_height );
|
||||
hatch_bitmap[2] = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data( NULL, fdiag_bits, fdiag_width, fdiag_height );
|
||||
hatch_bitmap[3] = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data( NULL, cross_bits, cross_width, cross_height );
|
||||
hatch_bitmap[4] = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data( NULL, horiz_bits, horiz_width, horiz_height );
|
||||
hatch_bitmap[5] = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data( NULL, verti_bits, verti_width, verti_height );
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
GdkWindow *wxPaintDC::GetWindow(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_window;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------- spline code ----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void wx_quadratic_spline(double a1, double b1, double a2, double b2,
|
||||
double a3, double b3, double a4, double b4);
|
||||
void wx_clear_stack(void);
|
||||
int wx_spline_pop(double *x1, double *y1, double *x2, double *y2, double *x3,
|
||||
double *y3, double *x4, double *y4);
|
||||
void wx_spline_push(double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2, double x3, double y3,
|
||||
double x4, double y4);
|
||||
static bool wx_spline_add_point(double x, double y);
|
||||
static void wx_spline_draw_point_array(wxDC *dc);
|
||||
|
||||
wxList wx_spline_point_list;
|
||||
|
||||
#define half(z1, z2) ((z1+z2)/2.0)
|
||||
#define THRESHOLD 5
|
||||
|
||||
/* iterative version */
|
||||
|
||||
void wx_quadratic_spline(double a1, double b1, double a2, double b2, double a3, double b3, double a4,
|
||||
double b4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
register double xmid, ymid;
|
||||
double x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3, x4, y4;
|
||||
|
||||
wx_clear_stack();
|
||||
wx_spline_push(a1, b1, a2, b2, a3, b3, a4, b4);
|
||||
|
||||
while (wx_spline_pop(&x1, &y1, &x2, &y2, &x3, &y3, &x4, &y4)) {
|
||||
xmid = (double)half(x2, x3);
|
||||
ymid = (double)half(y2, y3);
|
||||
if (fabs(x1 - xmid) < THRESHOLD && fabs(y1 - ymid) < THRESHOLD &&
|
||||
fabs(xmid - x4) < THRESHOLD && fabs(ymid - y4) < THRESHOLD) {
|
||||
wx_spline_add_point( x1, y1 );
|
||||
wx_spline_add_point( xmid, ymid );
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
wx_spline_push(xmid, ymid, (double)half(xmid, x3), (double)half(ymid, y3),
|
||||
(double)half(x3, x4), (double)half(y3, y4), x4, y4);
|
||||
wx_spline_push(x1, y1, (double)half(x1, x2), (double)half(y1, y2),
|
||||
(double)half(x2, xmid), (double)half(y2, ymid), xmid, ymid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* utilities used by spline drawing routines */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct wx_spline_stack_struct {
|
||||
double x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3, x4, y4;
|
||||
} Stack;
|
||||
|
||||
#define SPLINE_STACK_DEPTH 20
|
||||
static Stack wx_spline_stack[SPLINE_STACK_DEPTH];
|
||||
static Stack *wx_stack_top;
|
||||
static int wx_stack_count;
|
||||
|
||||
void wx_clear_stack(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wx_stack_top = wx_spline_stack;
|
||||
wx_stack_count = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wx_spline_push(double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2, double x3, double y3, double x4, double y4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wx_stack_top->x1 = x1;
|
||||
wx_stack_top->y1 = y1;
|
||||
wx_stack_top->x2 = x2;
|
||||
wx_stack_top->y2 = y2;
|
||||
wx_stack_top->x3 = x3;
|
||||
wx_stack_top->y3 = y3;
|
||||
wx_stack_top->x4 = x4;
|
||||
wx_stack_top->y4 = y4;
|
||||
wx_stack_top++;
|
||||
wx_stack_count++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int wx_spline_pop(double *x1, double *y1, double *x2, double *y2,
|
||||
double *x3, double *y3, double *x4, double *y4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wx_stack_count == 0)
|
||||
return (0);
|
||||
wx_stack_top--;
|
||||
wx_stack_count--;
|
||||
*x1 = wx_stack_top->x1;
|
||||
*y1 = wx_stack_top->y1;
|
||||
*x2 = wx_stack_top->x2;
|
||||
*y2 = wx_stack_top->y2;
|
||||
*x3 = wx_stack_top->x3;
|
||||
*y3 = wx_stack_top->y3;
|
||||
*x4 = wx_stack_top->x4;
|
||||
*y4 = wx_stack_top->y4;
|
||||
return (1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static bool wx_spline_add_point(double x, double y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxPoint *point = new wxPoint ;
|
||||
point->x = (int) x;
|
||||
point->y = (int) y;
|
||||
wx_spline_point_list.Append((wxObject*)point);
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void wx_spline_draw_point_array(wxDC *dc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dc->DrawLines(&wx_spline_point_list, 0, 0 );
|
||||
wxNode *node = wx_spline_point_list.First();
|
||||
while (node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxPoint *point = (wxPoint *)node->Data();
|
||||
delete point;
|
||||
delete node;
|
||||
node = wx_spline_point_list.First();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPaintDC::DrawOpenSpline( wxList *points )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxPoint *p;
|
||||
double cx1, cy1, cx2, cy2, cx3, cy3, cx4, cy4;
|
||||
double x1, y1, x2, y2;
|
||||
|
||||
wxNode *node = points->First();
|
||||
p = (wxPoint *)node->Data();
|
||||
|
||||
x1 = p->x;
|
||||
y1 = p->y;
|
||||
|
||||
node = node->Next();
|
||||
p = (wxPoint *)node->Data();
|
||||
|
||||
x2 = p->x;
|
||||
y2 = p->y;
|
||||
cx1 = (double)((x1 + x2) / 2);
|
||||
cy1 = (double)((y1 + y2) / 2);
|
||||
cx2 = (double)((cx1 + x2) / 2);
|
||||
cy2 = (double)((cy1 + y2) / 2);
|
||||
|
||||
wx_spline_add_point(x1, y1);
|
||||
|
||||
while ((node = node->Next()) != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
p = (wxPoint *)node->Data();
|
||||
x1 = x2;
|
||||
y1 = y2;
|
||||
x2 = p->x;
|
||||
y2 = p->y;
|
||||
cx4 = (double)(x1 + x2) / 2;
|
||||
cy4 = (double)(y1 + y2) / 2;
|
||||
cx3 = (double)(x1 + cx4) / 2;
|
||||
cy3 = (double)(y1 + cy4) / 2;
|
||||
|
||||
wx_quadratic_spline(cx1, cy1, cx2, cy2, cx3, cy3, cx4, cy4);
|
||||
|
||||
cx1 = cx4;
|
||||
cy1 = cy4;
|
||||
cx2 = (double)(cx1 + x2) / 2;
|
||||
cy2 = (double)(cy1 + y2) / 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wx_spline_add_point( cx1, cy1 );
|
||||
wx_spline_add_point( x2, y2 );
|
||||
|
||||
wx_spline_draw_point_array( this );
|
||||
};
|
68
src/gtk1/dcmemory.cpp
Normal file
68
src/gtk1/dcmemory.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dcmemory.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "dcmemory.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dcmemory.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMemoryDC
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMemoryDC,wxPaintDC)
|
||||
|
||||
wxMemoryDC::wxMemoryDC(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_ok = FALSE;
|
||||
m_cmap = gdk_colormap_get_system();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxMemoryDC::wxMemoryDC( wxDC *WXUNUSED(dc) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_ok = FALSE;
|
||||
m_cmap = gdk_colormap_get_system();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxMemoryDC::~wxMemoryDC(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMemoryDC::SelectObject( const wxBitmap& bitmap )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_selected = bitmap;
|
||||
if (m_selected.Ok())
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_window = m_selected.GetPixmap();
|
||||
SetUpDC();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_ok = FALSE;
|
||||
m_window = NULL;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMemoryDC::GetSize( int *width, int *height )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_selected.Ok())
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (width) (*width) = m_selected.GetWidth();
|
||||
if (height) (*height) = m_selected.GetHeight();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (width) (*width) = 0;
|
||||
if (height) (*height) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
121
src/gtk1/dcscreen.cpp
Normal file
121
src/gtk1/dcscreen.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dcscreen.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "dcscreen.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dcscreen.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/window.h"
|
||||
#include "gdk/gdkx.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxScreenDC
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScreenDC,wxPaintDC)
|
||||
|
||||
wxScreenDC::wxScreenDC(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_ok = FALSE;
|
||||
m_window = NULL;
|
||||
m_cmap = gdk_colormap_get_system();
|
||||
|
||||
m_window = GDK_ROOT_PARENT();
|
||||
|
||||
SetUpDC();
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_subwindow( m_penGC, GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_subwindow( m_brushGC, GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_subwindow( m_textGC, GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_subwindow( m_bgGC, GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxScreenDC::~wxScreenDC(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EndDrawingOnTop();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxScreenDC::StartDrawingOnTop( wxWindow *WXUNUSED(window) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
/*
|
||||
if (!window)
|
||||
{
|
||||
StartDrawingOnTop();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
};
|
||||
wxRectangle rect;
|
||||
rect.x = 0;
|
||||
rect.y = 0;
|
||||
window->GetPosition( &rect.x, &rect.y );
|
||||
rect.width = 0;
|
||||
rect.height = 0;
|
||||
window->GetSize( &rect.width, &rect.height );
|
||||
window->ClientToScreen( &rect.x, &rect.y );
|
||||
StartDrawingOnTop( &rect );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxScreenDC::StartDrawingOnTop( wxRectangle *WXUNUSED(rect) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
/*
|
||||
int x = 0;
|
||||
int y = 0;
|
||||
int width = gdk_screen_width();
|
||||
int height = gdk_screen_height();
|
||||
if (rect)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x = rect->x;
|
||||
y = rect->y;
|
||||
width = rect->width;
|
||||
height = rect->height;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
GTK cannot set transparent backgrounds. :-(
|
||||
|
||||
GdkWindowAttr attr;
|
||||
attr.x = x;
|
||||
attr.y = y;
|
||||
attr.width = width;
|
||||
attr.height = height;
|
||||
attr.override_redirect = TRUE;
|
||||
attr.wclass = GDK_INPUT_OUTPUT;
|
||||
attr.event_mask = 0;
|
||||
attr.window_type = GDK_WINDOW_TEMP;
|
||||
m_window = gdk_window_new( NULL, &attr, GDK_WA_NOREDIR | GDK_WA_X | GDK_WA_Y );
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_window_show( m_window );
|
||||
|
||||
m_window = GDK_ROOT_PARENT();
|
||||
|
||||
SetUpDC();
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_subwindow( m_penGC, GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_subwindow( m_brushGC, GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_subwindow( m_textGC, GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS );
|
||||
gdk_gc_set_subwindow( m_bgGC, GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxScreenDC::EndDrawingOnTop(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
/*
|
||||
if (m_window) gdk_window_destroy( m_window );
|
||||
m_window = NULL;
|
||||
m_isOk = FALSE;
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
*/
|
||||
};
|
212
src/gtk1/dialog.cpp
Normal file
212
src/gtk1/dialog.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dialog.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "dialog.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dialog.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/frame.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/app.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gtk/win_gtk.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// delete
|
||||
|
||||
bool gtk_dialog_delete_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), GdkEvent *WXUNUSED(event), wxDialog *win )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*
|
||||
printf( "OnDelete from " );
|
||||
if (win->GetClassInfo() && win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName())
|
||||
printf( win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName() );
|
||||
printf( ".\n" );
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
win->Close();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxDialog
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDialog,wxWindow)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON (wxID_OK, wxDialog::OnOk)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON (wxID_CANCEL, wxDialog::OnCancel)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON (wxID_APPLY, wxDialog::OnApply)
|
||||
EVT_CLOSE (wxDialog::OnCloseWindow)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialog,wxWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
wxDialog::wxDialog(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_title = "";
|
||||
m_modalShowing = TRUE;
|
||||
wxTopLevelWindows.Insert( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxDialog::wxDialog( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id, const wxString &title,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxTopLevelWindows.Insert( this );
|
||||
Create( parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id, const wxString &title,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_needParent = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
PreCreation( parent, id, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
|
||||
m_modalShowing = ((m_windowStyle & wxDIALOG_MODAL) == wxDIALOG_MODAL);
|
||||
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_window_new( GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL );
|
||||
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS( m_widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_widget_set( m_widget, "GtkWindow::allow_shrink", TRUE, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_connect( GTK_OBJECT(m_widget), "delete_event",
|
||||
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_dialog_delete_callback), (gpointer)this );
|
||||
|
||||
m_wxwindow = gtk_myfixed_new();
|
||||
gtk_widget_show( m_wxwindow );
|
||||
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS( m_wxwindow, GTK_CAN_FOCUS );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_container_add( GTK_CONTAINER(m_widget), m_wxwindow );
|
||||
|
||||
SetTitle( title );
|
||||
|
||||
PostCreation();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxDialog::~wxDialog(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxTopLevelWindows.DeleteObject( this );
|
||||
if (wxTopLevelWindows.Number() == 0) wxTheApp->ExitMainLoop();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDialog::SetTitle(const wxString& title )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_title = title;
|
||||
gtk_window_set_title( GTK_WINDOW(m_widget), m_title );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxDialog::GetTitle(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (wxString&)m_title;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDialog::OnApply( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Validate()) TransferDataFromWindow();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDialog::OnCancel( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (IsModal())
|
||||
EndModal(wxID_CANCEL);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetReturnCode(wxID_CANCEL);
|
||||
this->Show(FALSE);
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDialog::OnOk( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( Validate() && TransferDataFromWindow())
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (IsModal())
|
||||
EndModal(wxID_OK);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetReturnCode(wxID_OK);
|
||||
this->Show(FALSE);
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
EndModal( wxID_OK );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDialog::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// yes
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxDialog::OnClose(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static wxList closing;
|
||||
|
||||
if (closing.Member(this)) return FALSE; // no loops
|
||||
|
||||
closing.Append(this);
|
||||
|
||||
wxCommandEvent cancelEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, wxID_CANCEL);
|
||||
cancelEvent.SetEventObject( this );
|
||||
GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(cancelEvent);
|
||||
closing.DeleteObject(this);
|
||||
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDialog::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (GetEventHandler()->OnClose() || event.GetForce())
|
||||
{
|
||||
this->Destroy();
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxDialog::Show( const bool show )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!show && m_modalShowing)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EndModal( wxID_CANCEL );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindow::Show( show );
|
||||
|
||||
if (show) InitDialog();
|
||||
|
||||
if (show && m_modalShowing)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_grab_add( m_widget );
|
||||
gtk_main();
|
||||
gtk_grab_remove( m_widget );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxDialog::ShowModal(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Show( TRUE );
|
||||
return GetReturnCode();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDialog::EndModal( int retCode )
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_main_quit();
|
||||
SetReturnCode( retCode );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDialog::InitDialog(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxWindow::InitDialog();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
207
src/gtk1/dnd.cpp
Normal file
207
src/gtk1/dnd.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dnd.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose: wxDropTarget class
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Copyright: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows license
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "dnd.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dnd.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/window.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/app.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gdk/gdkprivate.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// global
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
extern bool g_blockEventsOnDrag;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxDropTarget
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
wxDropTarget::wxDropTarget()
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxDropTarget::~wxDropTarget()
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDropTarget::Drop( GdkEvent *event, int x, int y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf( "Drop data is of type %s.\n", event->dropdataavailable.data_type );
|
||||
|
||||
OnDrop( x, y, (char *)event->dropdataavailable.data);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDropTarget::UnregisterWidget( GtkWidget *widget )
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_widget_dnd_drop_set( widget, FALSE, NULL, 0, FALSE );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxTextDropTarget
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxTextDropTarget::OnDrop( long x, long y, const void *pData )
|
||||
{
|
||||
OnDropText( x, y, (const char*)pData );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxTextDropTarget::OnDropText( long x, long y, const char *psz )
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf( "Got dropped text: %s.\n", psz );
|
||||
printf( "At x: %d, y: %d.\n", (int)x, (int)y );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextDropTarget::RegisterWidget( GtkWidget *widget )
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *accepted_drop_types[] = { "text/plain" };
|
||||
gtk_widget_dnd_drop_set( widget, TRUE, accepted_drop_types, 1, FALSE );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxDragSource
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// drag request
|
||||
|
||||
void gtk_drag_callback( GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, wxDragSource *drag )
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf( "OnDragRequest.\n" );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_widget_dnd_data_set( widget, event, drag->m_data, drag->m_size );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxDragSource::wxDragSource( wxWindow *win )
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_blockEventsOnDrag = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
m_window = win;
|
||||
m_widget = win->m_widget;
|
||||
if (win->m_wxwindow) m_widget = win->m_wxwindow;
|
||||
|
||||
m_data = NULL;
|
||||
m_size = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
m_defaultCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_NO_ENTRY );
|
||||
m_goaheadCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_HAND );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxDragSource::~wxDragSource(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_blockEventsOnDrag = FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDragSource::SetData( char *data, const long size )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_size = size;
|
||||
m_data = data;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDragSource::Start( int x, int y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (gdk_dnd.dnd_grabbed) return;
|
||||
if (gdk_dnd.drag_really) return;
|
||||
if (m_size == 0) return;
|
||||
if (!m_data) return;
|
||||
|
||||
GdkWindowPrivate *wp = (GdkWindowPrivate*) m_widget->window;
|
||||
|
||||
RegisterWindow();
|
||||
ConnectWindow();
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_dnd.drag_perhaps = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_dnd.dnd_drag_start.x = 5;
|
||||
gdk_dnd.dnd_drag_start.y = 5;
|
||||
gdk_dnd.real_sw = wp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (gdk_dnd.drag_startwindows)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_free( gdk_dnd.drag_startwindows );
|
||||
gdk_dnd.drag_startwindows = NULL;
|
||||
};
|
||||
gdk_dnd.drag_numwindows = gdk_dnd.drag_really = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
XWindowAttributes dnd_winattr;
|
||||
XGetWindowAttributes( gdk_display, wp->xwindow, &dnd_winattr );
|
||||
wp->dnd_drag_savedeventmask = dnd_winattr.your_event_mask;
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_dnd_drag_addwindow( m_widget->window );
|
||||
|
||||
GdkEventDragBegin ev;
|
||||
ev.type = GDK_DRAG_BEGIN;
|
||||
ev.window = m_widget->window;
|
||||
ev.u.allflags = 0;
|
||||
ev.u.flags.protocol_version = DND_PROTOCOL_VERSION;
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_event_put( (GdkEvent*)&ev );
|
||||
|
||||
XGrabPointer( gdk_display, wp->xwindow, False,
|
||||
ButtonMotionMask | ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | PointerMotionMask,
|
||||
GrabModeAsync, GrabModeAsync, gdk_root_window, None, CurrentTime );
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_dnd_set_drag_cursors( m_defaultCursor.GetCursor(), m_goaheadCursor.GetCursor() );
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_dnd.dnd_grabbed = TRUE;
|
||||
gdk_dnd.drag_really = 1;
|
||||
gdk_dnd_display_drag_cursor( x, y, FALSE, TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
while (gdk_dnd.drag_really || gdk_dnd.drag_perhaps) wxYield();
|
||||
|
||||
UnconnectWindow();
|
||||
UnregisterWindow();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDragSource::ConnectWindow(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_signal_connect( GTK_OBJECT(m_widget), "drag_request_event",
|
||||
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_drag_callback), (gpointer)this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDragSource::UnconnectWindow(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_widget) return;
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_disconnect_by_data( GTK_OBJECT(m_widget), (gpointer)this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDragSource::UnregisterWindow(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_widget) return;
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_widget_dnd_drag_set( m_widget, FALSE, NULL, 0 );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxTextDragSource
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextDragSource::SetTextData( const wxString &text )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_tmp = text;
|
||||
SetData( WXSTRINGCAST(m_tmp), m_tmp.Length()+1 );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextDragSource::RegisterWindow(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_widget) return;
|
||||
|
||||
char *accepted_drop_types[] = { "text/plain" };
|
||||
gtk_widget_dnd_drag_set( m_widget, TRUE, accepted_drop_types, 1 );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
6
src/gtk1/fdiag.xbm
Normal file
6
src/gtk1/fdiag.xbm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
#define fdiag_width 16
|
||||
#define fdiag_height 16
|
||||
static char fdiag_bits[] = {
|
||||
0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x02, 0x04, 0x04, 0x08, 0x08, 0x10, 0x10, 0x20, 0x20,
|
||||
0x40, 0x40, 0x80, 0x80, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x02, 0x04, 0x04, 0x08, 0x08,
|
||||
0x10, 0x10, 0x20, 0x20, 0x40, 0x40, 0x80, 0x80};
|
146
src/gtk1/filedlg.cpp
Normal file
146
src/gtk1/filedlg.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: filedlg.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "filedlg.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/filedlg.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/utils.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/intl.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxFileDialog
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void gtk_filedialog_ok_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), gpointer data )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxFileDialog *dialog = (wxFileDialog*)data;
|
||||
wxCommandEvent event(0);
|
||||
dialog->OnOk( event );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void gtk_filedialog_cancel_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), gpointer data )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxFileDialog *dialog = (wxFileDialog*)data;
|
||||
wxCommandEvent event(0);
|
||||
dialog->OnCancel( event );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialog,wxDialog)
|
||||
|
||||
wxFileDialog::wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message,
|
||||
const wxString& defaultDir, const wxString& defaultFileName,
|
||||
const wxString& wildCard,
|
||||
long style, const wxPoint& pos )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_needParent = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
PreCreation( parent, -1, pos, wxDefaultSize, style, "filedialog" );
|
||||
m_message = message;
|
||||
m_path = "";
|
||||
m_fileName = defaultFileName;
|
||||
m_dir = defaultDir;
|
||||
m_wildCard = wildCard;
|
||||
m_filterIndex = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_file_selection_new( "File selection" );
|
||||
|
||||
GtkFileSelection *sel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION(m_widget);
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_connect( GTK_OBJECT(sel->ok_button), "clicked",
|
||||
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_filedialog_ok_callback), (gpointer*)this );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_connect( GTK_OBJECT(sel->cancel_button), "clicked",
|
||||
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_filedialog_cancel_callback), (gpointer*)this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxFileDialog::ShowModal(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ret = wxDialog::ShowModal();
|
||||
if (ret == wxID_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_fileName = gtk_file_selection_get_filename( GTK_FILE_SELECTION(m_widget) );
|
||||
m_path = gtk_file_selection_get_filename( GTK_FILE_SELECTION(m_widget) );
|
||||
};
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
char *wxFileSelector(const char *title,
|
||||
const char *defaultDir, const char *defaultFileName,
|
||||
const char *defaultExtension, const char *filter, int flags,
|
||||
wxWindow *parent, int x, int y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString filter2("");
|
||||
if ( defaultExtension && !filter )
|
||||
filter2 = wxString("*.") + wxString(defaultExtension) ;
|
||||
else if ( filter )
|
||||
filter2 = filter;
|
||||
|
||||
wxString defaultDirString;
|
||||
if (defaultDir)
|
||||
defaultDirString = defaultDir;
|
||||
else
|
||||
defaultDirString = "";
|
||||
|
||||
wxString defaultFilenameString;
|
||||
if (defaultFileName)
|
||||
defaultFilenameString = defaultFileName;
|
||||
else
|
||||
defaultFilenameString = "";
|
||||
|
||||
wxFileDialog fileDialog(parent, title, defaultDirString, defaultFilenameString,
|
||||
filter2, flags, wxPoint(x, y));
|
||||
|
||||
if ( fileDialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK )
|
||||
{
|
||||
strcpy(wxBuffer, (const char *)fileDialog.GetPath());
|
||||
return wxBuffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
char* wxLoadFileSelector(const char *what, const char *extension, const char *default_name,
|
||||
wxWindow *parent )
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *ext = (char *)extension;
|
||||
|
||||
char prompt[50];
|
||||
wxString str = _("Load %s file");
|
||||
sprintf(prompt, str, what);
|
||||
|
||||
if (*ext == '.') ext++;
|
||||
char wild[60];
|
||||
sprintf(wild, "*.%s", ext);
|
||||
|
||||
return wxFileSelector (prompt, NULL, default_name, ext, wild, 0, parent);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
char* wxSaveFileSelector(const char *what, const char *extension, const char *default_name,
|
||||
wxWindow *parent )
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *ext = (char *)extension;
|
||||
|
||||
char prompt[50];
|
||||
wxString str = _("Save %s file");
|
||||
sprintf(prompt, str, what);
|
||||
|
||||
if (*ext == '.') ext++;
|
||||
char wild[60];
|
||||
sprintf(wild, "*.%s", ext);
|
||||
|
||||
return wxFileSelector (prompt, NULL, default_name, ext, wild, 0, parent);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
822
src/gtk1/font.cpp
Normal file
822
src/gtk1/font.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,822 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: font.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "font.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/font.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/utils.h"
|
||||
#include <strings.h>
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// local data
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
static char *wx_font_family [] = {
|
||||
"wxDEFAULT", "wxDECORATIVE", "wxMODERN", "wxROMAN", "wxSCRIPT",
|
||||
"wxSWISS", "wxTELETYPE",
|
||||
};
|
||||
static char *wx_font_style [] = {
|
||||
"wxDEFAULT", "wxNORMAL", "wxSLANT", "wxITALIC",
|
||||
};
|
||||
static char *wx_font_weight [] = {
|
||||
"wxDEFAULT", "wxNORMAL", "wxBOLD", "wxLIGHT",
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
extern wxFontNameDirectory wxTheFontNameDirectory;
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxFont
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxFontRefData: public wxObjectRefData
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxFontRefData(void);
|
||||
~wxFontRefData(void);
|
||||
|
||||
wxList m_scaled_xfonts;
|
||||
int m_pointSize;
|
||||
int m_family, m_style, m_weight;
|
||||
bool m_underlined;
|
||||
int m_fontId;
|
||||
char* m_faceName;
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_byXFontName;
|
||||
GdkFont *m_font;
|
||||
|
||||
friend wxFont;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxFontRefData::wxFontRefData(void) : m_scaled_xfonts(wxKEY_INTEGER)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_byXFontName = FALSE;
|
||||
m_pointSize = -1;
|
||||
m_family = -1;
|
||||
m_style = -1;
|
||||
m_weight = -1;
|
||||
m_underlined = FALSE;
|
||||
m_fontId = 0;
|
||||
m_faceName = NULL;
|
||||
m_font = NULL;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxFontRefData::~wxFontRefData(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxNode *node = m_scaled_xfonts.First();
|
||||
while (node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GdkFont *font = (GdkFont*)node->Data();
|
||||
wxNode *next = node->Next();
|
||||
gdk_font_unref( font );
|
||||
node = next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
if (m_faceName)
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete m_faceName;
|
||||
m_faceName = NULL;
|
||||
};
|
||||
if (m_font) gdk_font_unref( m_font );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#define M_FONTDATA ((wxFontRefData *)m_refData)
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont, wxGDIObject)
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont::wxFont(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wxTheFontList) wxTheFontList->Append( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont::wxFont( char *xFontName )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!xFontName) return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_refData = new wxFontRefData();
|
||||
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_byXFontName = TRUE;
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_font = gdk_font_load( xFontName );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont::wxFont(int PointSize, int FontIdOrFamily, int Style, int Weight,
|
||||
bool Underlined, const char* Face)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxFontRefData();
|
||||
|
||||
if ((M_FONTDATA->m_faceName = (Face) ? copystring(Face) : (char*)NULL) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_fontId = wxTheFontNameDirectory.FindOrCreateFontId( Face, FontIdOrFamily );
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_family = wxTheFontNameDirectory.GetFamily( FontIdOrFamily );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_fontId = FontIdOrFamily;
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_family = wxTheFontNameDirectory.GetFamily( FontIdOrFamily );
|
||||
};
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_style = Style;
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_weight = Weight;
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_pointSize = PointSize;
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_underlined = Underlined;
|
||||
|
||||
if (wxTheFontList) wxTheFontList->Append( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont::wxFont(int PointSize, const char *Face, int Family, int Style,
|
||||
int Weight, bool Underlined)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxFontRefData();
|
||||
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_fontId = wxTheFontNameDirectory.FindOrCreateFontId( Face, Family );
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_faceName = (Face) ? copystring(Face) : (char*)NULL;
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_family = wxTheFontNameDirectory.GetFamily( M_FONTDATA->m_fontId );
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_style = Style;
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_weight = Weight;
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_pointSize = PointSize;
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_underlined = Underlined;
|
||||
|
||||
if (wxTheFontList) wxTheFontList->Append( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont::wxFont( const wxFont& font )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Ref( font );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont::wxFont( const wxFont* font )
|
||||
{
|
||||
UnRef();
|
||||
if (font) Ref( *font );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont::~wxFont(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wxTheFontList) wxTheFontList->DeleteObject( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont& wxFont::operator = ( const wxFont& font )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*this == font) return (*this);
|
||||
Ref( font );
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxFont::operator == ( const wxFont& font )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_refData == font.m_refData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxFont::operator != ( const wxFont& font )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_refData != font.m_refData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxFont::Ok()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (m_refData != NULL);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxFont::GetPointSize(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return M_FONTDATA->m_pointSize;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxFont::GetFaceString(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString s = wxTheFontNameDirectory.GetFontName( M_FONTDATA->m_fontId );
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxFont::GetFaceName(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString s = wxTheFontNameDirectory.GetFontName( M_FONTDATA->m_fontId );
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxFont::GetFamily(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return M_FONTDATA->m_family;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxFont::GetFamilyString(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString s = wx_font_family[M_FONTDATA->m_family];
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxFont::GetFontId(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return M_FONTDATA->m_fontId; // stub
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxFont::GetStyle(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return M_FONTDATA->m_style;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxFont::GetStyleString(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString s = wx_font_style[M_FONTDATA->m_style];
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxFont::GetWeight(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return M_FONTDATA->m_weight;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxFont::GetWeightString(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString s = wx_font_weight[M_FONTDATA->m_weight];
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxFont::GetUnderlined(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return M_FONTDATA->m_underlined;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// get internal representation of font
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// local help function
|
||||
static GdkFont *wxLoadQueryNearestFont(int point_size, int fontid,
|
||||
int style, int weight,
|
||||
bool underlined);
|
||||
|
||||
GdkFont *wxFont::GetInternalFont(float scale)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (M_FONTDATA->m_byXFontName) return M_FONTDATA->m_font;
|
||||
|
||||
long int_scale = long(scale * 100.0 + 0.5); // key for fontlist
|
||||
int point_scale = (M_FONTDATA->m_pointSize * 10 * int_scale) / 100;
|
||||
GdkFont *font = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
wxNode *node = M_FONTDATA->m_scaled_xfonts.Find(int_scale);
|
||||
if (node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
font = (GdkFont*)node->Data();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
font = wxLoadQueryNearestFont( point_scale, M_FONTDATA->m_fontId, M_FONTDATA->m_style,
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_weight, M_FONTDATA->m_underlined );
|
||||
M_FONTDATA->m_scaled_xfonts.Append( int_scale, (wxObject*)font );
|
||||
};
|
||||
if (!font)
|
||||
printf("could not load any font");
|
||||
// wxError("could not load any font", "wxFont");
|
||||
return font;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// local utilities to find a X font
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
static GdkFont *wxLoadQueryFont(int point_size, int fontid, int style,
|
||||
int weight, bool WXUNUSED(underlined))
|
||||
{
|
||||
char buffer[512];
|
||||
char *name = wxTheFontNameDirectory.GetScreenName( fontid, weight, style );
|
||||
|
||||
if (!name)
|
||||
name = "-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-%d-*-*-*-*-*-*";
|
||||
sprintf(buffer, name, point_size);
|
||||
|
||||
return gdk_font_load( buffer );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static GdkFont *wxLoadQueryNearestFont(int point_size, int fontid,
|
||||
int style, int weight,
|
||||
bool underlined)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GdkFont *font;
|
||||
|
||||
font = wxLoadQueryFont( point_size, fontid, style, weight, underlined );
|
||||
|
||||
if (!font) {
|
||||
// search up and down by stepsize 10
|
||||
int max_size = point_size + 20 * (1 + (point_size/180));
|
||||
int min_size = point_size - 20 * (1 + (point_size/180));
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
// Search for smaller size (approx.)
|
||||
for (i=point_size-10; !font && i >= 10 && i >= min_size; i -= 10)
|
||||
font = wxLoadQueryFont(i, fontid, style, weight, underlined);
|
||||
// Search for larger size (approx.)
|
||||
for (i=point_size+10; !font && i <= max_size; i += 10)
|
||||
font = wxLoadQueryFont(i, fontid, style, weight, underlined);
|
||||
// Try default family
|
||||
if (!font && fontid != wxDEFAULT)
|
||||
font = wxLoadQueryFont(point_size, wxDEFAULT, style,
|
||||
weight, underlined);
|
||||
// Bogus font
|
||||
if (!font)
|
||||
font = wxLoadQueryFont(120, wxDEFAULT, wxNORMAL, wxNORMAL,
|
||||
underlined);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return font;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// face names and index functions
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
static char *font_defaults[] = {
|
||||
"FamilyDefault", "Default",
|
||||
"FamilyRoman", "Roman",
|
||||
"FamilyDecorative", "Decorative",
|
||||
"FamilyModern", "Modern",
|
||||
"FamilyTeletype", "Teletype",
|
||||
"FamilySwiss", "Swiss",
|
||||
"FamilyScript", "Script",
|
||||
|
||||
"AfmMedium", "",
|
||||
"AfmBold", "Bo",
|
||||
"AfmLight", "",
|
||||
"AfmStraight", "",
|
||||
"AfmItalic", "${AfmSlant}",
|
||||
"AfmSlant", "O",
|
||||
"AfmRoman", "Ro",
|
||||
"AfmTimes", "Times",
|
||||
"AfmHelvetica", "Helv",
|
||||
"AfmCourier", "Cour",
|
||||
|
||||
"Afm___", "${AfmTimes,$[weight],$[style]}",
|
||||
|
||||
"AfmTimes__", "${AfmTimes}${Afm$[weight]}${Afm$[style]}",
|
||||
"AfmTimesMediumStraight", "${AfmTimes}${AfmRoman}",
|
||||
"AfmTimesLightStraight", "${AfmTimes}${AfmRoman}",
|
||||
"AfmTimes_Italic", "${AfmTimes}$[weight]${AfmItalic}",
|
||||
"AfmTimes_Slant", "${AfmTimes}$[weight]${AfmItalic}",
|
||||
|
||||
"AfmSwiss__", "${AfmHelvetica}${Afm$[weight]}${Afm$[style]}",
|
||||
"AfmModern__", "${AfmCourier}${Afm$[weight]}${Afm$[style]}",
|
||||
|
||||
"AfmTeletype__", "${AfmModern,$[weight],$[style]}",
|
||||
|
||||
"PostScriptMediumStraight", "",
|
||||
"PostScriptMediumItalic", "-Oblique",
|
||||
"PostScriptMediumSlant", "-Oblique",
|
||||
"PostScriptLightStraight", "",
|
||||
"PostScriptLightItalic", "-Oblique",
|
||||
"PostScriptLightSlant", "-Oblique",
|
||||
"PostScriptBoldStraight", "-Bold",
|
||||
"PostScriptBoldItalic", "-BoldOblique",
|
||||
"PostScriptBoldSlant", "-BoldOblique",
|
||||
|
||||
#if WX_NORMALIZED_PS_FONTS
|
||||
"PostScript___", "${PostScriptTimes,$[weight],$[style]}",
|
||||
#else
|
||||
"PostScriptRoman__", "${PostScriptTimes,$[weight],$[style]}",
|
||||
"PostScript___", "LucidaSans${PostScript$[weight]$[style]}",
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
"PostScriptTimesMedium", "",
|
||||
"PostScriptTimesLight", "",
|
||||
"PostScriptTimesBold", "Bold",
|
||||
|
||||
"PostScriptTimes__", "Times${PostScript$[weight]$[style]}",
|
||||
"PostScriptTimesMediumStraight", "Times-Roman",
|
||||
"PostScriptTimesLightStraight", "Times-Roman",
|
||||
"PostScriptTimes_Slant", "Times-${PostScriptTimes$[weight]}Italic",
|
||||
"PostScriptTimes_Italic", "Times-${PostScriptTimes$[weight]}Italic",
|
||||
|
||||
"PostScriptSwiss__", "Helvetica${PostScript$[weight]$[style]}",
|
||||
"PostScriptModern__", "Courier${PostScript$[weight]$[style]}",
|
||||
|
||||
"PostScriptTeletype__", "${PostScriptModern,$[weight],$[style]}",
|
||||
|
||||
#if !WX_NORMALIZED_PS_FONTS
|
||||
"PostScriptScript__", "Zapf-Chancery-MediumItalic",
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
"ScreenMedium", "medium",
|
||||
"ScreenBold", "bold",
|
||||
"ScreenLight", "light",
|
||||
"ScreenStraight", "r",
|
||||
"ScreenItalic", "i",
|
||||
"ScreenSlant", "o",
|
||||
|
||||
"ScreenDefaultBase", "misc-fixed",
|
||||
"ScreenRomanBase", "*-times",
|
||||
"ScreenDecorativeBase", "*-helvetica",
|
||||
"ScreenModernBase", "*-courier",
|
||||
"ScreenTeletypeBase", "*-lucidatypewriter",
|
||||
"ScreenSwissBase", "*-lucida",
|
||||
"ScreenScriptBase", "*-zapfchancery",
|
||||
|
||||
"ScreenStdSuffix", "-${Screen$[weight]}-${Screen$[style]}"
|
||||
"-normal-*-*-%d-*-*-*-*-*-*",
|
||||
|
||||
"Screen___",
|
||||
"-${ScreenDefaultBase}${ScreenStdSuffix}",
|
||||
"ScreenRoman__",
|
||||
"-${ScreenRomanBase}${ScreenStdSuffix}",
|
||||
"ScreenDecorative__",
|
||||
"-${ScreenDecorativeBase}${ScreenStdSuffix}",
|
||||
"ScreenModern__",
|
||||
"-${ScreenModernBase}${ScreenStdSuffix}",
|
||||
"ScreenTeletype__",
|
||||
"-${ScreenTeletypeBase}${ScreenStdSuffix}",
|
||||
"ScreenSwiss__",
|
||||
"-${ScreenSwissBase}${ScreenStdSuffix}",
|
||||
"ScreenScript__",
|
||||
"-${ScreenScriptBase}${ScreenStdSuffix}",
|
||||
NULL
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum {wxWEIGHT_NORMAL, wxWEIGHT_BOLD, wxWEIGHT_LIGHT, wxNUM_WEIGHTS};
|
||||
enum {wxSTYLE_NORMAL, wxSTYLE_ITALIC, wxSTYLE_SLANT, wxNUM_STYLES};
|
||||
|
||||
static int WCoordinate(int w)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (w) {
|
||||
case wxBOLD: return wxWEIGHT_BOLD;
|
||||
case wxLIGHT: return wxWEIGHT_LIGHT;
|
||||
case wxNORMAL:
|
||||
default: return wxWEIGHT_NORMAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int SCoordinate(int s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (s) {
|
||||
case wxITALIC: return wxSTYLE_ITALIC;
|
||||
case wxSLANT: return wxSTYLE_SLANT;
|
||||
case wxNORMAL:
|
||||
default: return wxSTYLE_NORMAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxSuffixMap
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxSuffixMap {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
~wxSuffixMap(void);
|
||||
|
||||
inline char *GetName(int weight, int style)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ( map [WCoordinate(weight)] [SCoordinate(style)] );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *map[wxNUM_WEIGHTS][wxNUM_STYLES];
|
||||
void Initialize(const char *, const char *);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//#if !USE_RESOURCES
|
||||
#define wxGetResource(a, b, c) 0
|
||||
//#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static void SearchResource(const char *prefix, const char **names, int count, char **v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int k, i, j;
|
||||
char resource[1024], **defaults, *internal;
|
||||
|
||||
k = 1 << count;
|
||||
|
||||
*v = NULL;
|
||||
internal = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < k; i++) {
|
||||
strcpy(resource, prefix);
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < count; j++) {
|
||||
if (!(i & (1 << j)))
|
||||
strcat(resource, names[j]);
|
||||
else
|
||||
strcat(resource, "_");
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (wxGetResource(wxAPP_CLASS, (char *)resource, v))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (!internal) {
|
||||
defaults = font_defaults;
|
||||
while (*defaults) {
|
||||
if (!strcmp(*defaults, resource)) {
|
||||
internal = defaults[1];
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
defaults += 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (internal)
|
||||
*v = copystring(internal);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxSuffixMap::~wxSuffixMap(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int k, j;
|
||||
|
||||
for (k = 0; k < wxNUM_WEIGHTS; ++k)
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < wxNUM_STYLES; ++j)
|
||||
if (map[k][j]) {
|
||||
delete[] map[k][j];
|
||||
map[k][j] = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSuffixMap::Initialize(const char *resname, const char *devresname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *weight, *style;
|
||||
char *v;
|
||||
int i, j, k;
|
||||
const char *names[3];
|
||||
|
||||
for (k = 0; k < wxNUM_WEIGHTS; k++) {
|
||||
switch (k) {
|
||||
case wxWEIGHT_NORMAL: weight = "Medium"; break;
|
||||
case wxWEIGHT_LIGHT: weight = "Light"; break;
|
||||
case wxWEIGHT_BOLD:
|
||||
default: weight = "Bold";
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < wxNUM_STYLES; j++) {
|
||||
switch (j) {
|
||||
case wxSTYLE_NORMAL: style = "Straight"; break;
|
||||
case wxSTYLE_ITALIC: style = "Italic"; break;
|
||||
case wxSTYLE_SLANT:
|
||||
default: style = "Slant";
|
||||
}
|
||||
names[0] = resname;
|
||||
names[1] = weight;
|
||||
names[2] = style;
|
||||
|
||||
SearchResource(devresname, names, 3, &v);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Expand macros in the found string: */
|
||||
found:
|
||||
int len, closer = 0, startpos = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
len = (v ? strlen(v) : 0);
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
|
||||
if (v[i] == '$' && ((v[i+1] == '[') || (v[i+1] == '{'))) {
|
||||
startpos = i;
|
||||
closer = (v[i+1] == '[') ? ']' : '}';
|
||||
++i;
|
||||
} else if (v[i] == closer) {
|
||||
int newstrlen;
|
||||
const char *r = NULL; bool delete_r = FALSE;
|
||||
char *name;
|
||||
|
||||
name = v + startpos + 2;
|
||||
v[i] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (closer == '}') {
|
||||
int i, count, len;
|
||||
char **names;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0, count = 1; name[i]; i++)
|
||||
if (name[i] == ',')
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
|
||||
len = i;
|
||||
|
||||
names = new char*[count];
|
||||
names[0] = name;
|
||||
for (i = 0, count = 1; i < len; i++)
|
||||
if (name[i] == ',') {
|
||||
names[count++] = name + i + 1;
|
||||
name[i] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SearchResource("", (const char **)names, count, (char **)&r);
|
||||
delete_r = (r != 0);
|
||||
delete[] names;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!r) {
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
||||
if (!name[i])
|
||||
name[i] = ',';
|
||||
r = "";
|
||||
printf("Bad resource name \"%s\" in font lookup\n", name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (!strcmp(name, "weight")) {
|
||||
r = weight;
|
||||
} else if (!strcmp(name, "style")) {
|
||||
r = style;
|
||||
} else if (!strcmp(name, "family")) {
|
||||
r = resname;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
r = "";
|
||||
printf("Bad font macro name \"%s\"\n", name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// add r to v
|
||||
newstrlen = strlen(r);
|
||||
char *naya = new char[startpos + newstrlen + len - i];
|
||||
memcpy(naya, v, startpos);
|
||||
memcpy(naya + startpos, r, newstrlen);
|
||||
memcpy(naya + startpos + newstrlen, v + i + 1, len - i);
|
||||
if (delete_r)
|
||||
delete[] (char*)r;
|
||||
delete[] v;
|
||||
v = naya;
|
||||
|
||||
goto found;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* We have a final value: */
|
||||
map[k][j] = v;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxFontNameItem
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxFontNameItem : public wxObject {
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontNameItem)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxFontNameItem(const char *name, int id, int family);
|
||||
~wxFontNameItem();
|
||||
|
||||
inline char* GetScreenName(int w, int s) {return screen.GetName(w, s);}
|
||||
inline char* GetPostScriptName(int w, int s) {return printing.GetName(w, s);}
|
||||
inline char* GetAFMName(int w, int s) {return afm.GetName(w, s);}
|
||||
inline char* GetName(void) {return name;}
|
||||
inline int GetFamily(void) {return family;}
|
||||
inline int GetId(void) {return id;}
|
||||
inline bool IsRoman(void) {return isroman;}
|
||||
#if WXDEBUG
|
||||
void Dump(ostream& str);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
int id;
|
||||
int family;
|
||||
char *name;
|
||||
wxSuffixMap screen, printing, afm;
|
||||
bool isroman;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFontNameItem, wxObject)
|
||||
|
||||
wxFontNameItem::wxFontNameItem(const char *Name, int Id, int Family)
|
||||
{
|
||||
name = copystring(Name);
|
||||
id = Id;
|
||||
family = Family;
|
||||
|
||||
screen. Initialize(name, "Screen");
|
||||
printing.Initialize(name, "PostScript");
|
||||
afm. Initialize(name, "Afm");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxFontNameItem::~wxFontNameItem(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (name)
|
||||
delete[] name;
|
||||
name = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if WXDEBUG
|
||||
void wxFontNameItem::Dump(ostream& str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
str << "wxFontNameItem(" << name << ")";
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxFontDirectory
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontNameDirectory, wxObject)
|
||||
|
||||
wxFontNameDirectory::wxFontNameDirectory(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
table = new wxHashTable(wxKEY_INTEGER, 20);
|
||||
nextFontId = -1;
|
||||
Initialize();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxFontNameDirectory::~wxFontNameDirectory()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Cleanup wxFontNameItems allocated
|
||||
table->BeginFind();
|
||||
wxNode *node = table->Next();
|
||||
while (node) {
|
||||
wxFontNameItem *item = (wxFontNameItem*)node->Data();
|
||||
delete item;
|
||||
node = table->Next();
|
||||
}
|
||||
delete table;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int wxFontNameDirectory::GetNewFontId(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (nextFontId--);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxFontNameDirectory::Initialize()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Initialize(wxDEFAULT, wxDEFAULT, "Default");
|
||||
Initialize(wxDECORATIVE, wxDECORATIVE, "Decorative");
|
||||
Initialize(wxROMAN, wxROMAN, "Roman");
|
||||
Initialize(wxMODERN, wxMODERN, "Modern");
|
||||
Initialize(wxTELETYPE, wxTELETYPE, "Teletype");
|
||||
Initialize(wxSWISS, wxSWISS, "Swiss");
|
||||
Initialize(wxSCRIPT, wxSCRIPT, "Script");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxFontNameDirectory::Initialize(int fontid, int family, const char *resname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *fam, resource[256];
|
||||
|
||||
sprintf(resource, "Family%s", resname);
|
||||
SearchResource((const char *)resource, NULL, 0, (char **)&fam);
|
||||
if (fam) {
|
||||
if (!strcmp(fam, "Default")) family = wxDEFAULT;
|
||||
else if (!strcmp(fam, "Roman")) family = wxROMAN;
|
||||
else if (!strcmp(fam, "Decorative")) family = wxDECORATIVE;
|
||||
else if (!strcmp(fam, "Modern")) family = wxMODERN;
|
||||
else if (!strcmp(fam, "Teletype")) family = wxTELETYPE;
|
||||
else if (!strcmp(fam, "Swiss")) family = wxSWISS;
|
||||
else if (!strcmp(fam, "Script")) family = wxSCRIPT;
|
||||
delete[] fam; // free resource
|
||||
}
|
||||
table->Put(fontid, new wxFontNameItem(resname, fontid, family));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int wxFontNameDirectory::FindOrCreateFontId(const char *name, int family)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int id;
|
||||
|
||||
// font exists -> return id
|
||||
if ( (id = GetFontId(name)) ) return id;
|
||||
// create new font
|
||||
Initialize(id=GetNewFontId(), family, name);
|
||||
return id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *wxFontNameDirectory::GetScreenName(int fontid, int weight, int style)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxFontNameItem *item = (wxFontNameItem*)table->Get(fontid); // find font
|
||||
if (item)
|
||||
return item->GetScreenName(weight, style);
|
||||
// font does not exist
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *wxFontNameDirectory::GetPostScriptName(int fontid, int weight, int style)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxFontNameItem *item = (wxFontNameItem*)table->Get(fontid); // find font
|
||||
if (item)
|
||||
return item->GetPostScriptName(weight, style);
|
||||
// font does not exist
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *wxFontNameDirectory::GetAFMName(int fontid, int weight, int style)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxFontNameItem *item = (wxFontNameItem *)table->Get(fontid); // find font
|
||||
if (item)
|
||||
return item->GetAFMName(weight, style);
|
||||
// font does not exist
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *wxFontNameDirectory::GetFontName(int fontid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxFontNameItem *item = (wxFontNameItem *)table->Get(fontid); // find font
|
||||
if (item)
|
||||
return item->GetName();
|
||||
// font does not exist
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int wxFontNameDirectory::GetFontId(const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxNode *node;
|
||||
|
||||
table->BeginFind();
|
||||
|
||||
while ( (node = table->Next()) ) {
|
||||
wxFontNameItem *item = (wxFontNameItem*)node->Data();
|
||||
if (!strcmp(name, item->name))
|
||||
return item->id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// font does not exist
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int wxFontNameDirectory::GetFamily(int fontid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxFontNameItem *item = (wxFontNameItem *)table->Get(fontid);
|
||||
|
||||
if (item)
|
||||
return item->family;
|
||||
// font does not exist
|
||||
return wxDEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
353
src/gtk1/frame.cpp
Normal file
353
src/gtk1/frame.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: frame.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "frame.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/frame.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dialog.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/app.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gtk/win_gtk.h"
|
||||
|
||||
const wxMENU_HEIGHT = 28;
|
||||
const wxSTATUS_HEIGHT = 25;
|
||||
|
||||
extern wxList wxTopLevelWindows;
|
||||
extern wxList wxPendingDelete;
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxFrame
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// size
|
||||
|
||||
void gtk_frame_size_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), GtkAllocation* alloc, wxFrame *win )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!win->HasVMT()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
printf( "OnFrameResize from " );
|
||||
if (win->GetClassInfo() && win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName())
|
||||
printf( win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName() );
|
||||
printf( ".\n" );
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
win->GtkOnSize( alloc->width, alloc->height );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// delete
|
||||
|
||||
bool gtk_frame_delete_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), GdkEvent *WXUNUSED(event), wxFrame *win )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*
|
||||
printf( "OnDelete from " );
|
||||
if (win->GetClassInfo() && win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName())
|
||||
printf( win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName() );
|
||||
printf( ".\n" );
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
win->Close();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxFrame, wxWindow)
|
||||
EVT_CLOSE(wxFrame::OnCloseWindow)
|
||||
EVT_SIZE(wxFrame::OnSize)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFrame,wxWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
wxFrame::wxFrame(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_doingOnSize = FALSE;
|
||||
m_frameMenuBar = NULL;
|
||||
m_frameStatusBar = NULL;
|
||||
m_sizeSet = FALSE;
|
||||
wxTopLevelWindows.Insert( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxFrame::wxFrame( wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id, const wxString &title,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_sizeSet = FALSE;
|
||||
Create( parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
wxTopLevelWindows.Insert( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxFrame::Create( wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id, const wxString &title,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_needParent = FALSE;
|
||||
m_mainWindow = NULL;
|
||||
m_wxwindow = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
PreCreation( parent, id, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
|
||||
m_doingOnSize = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
m_title = title;
|
||||
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_window_new( GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL );
|
||||
if ((size.x != -1) && (size.y != -1))
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_usize( m_widget, m_width, m_height );
|
||||
if ((pos.x != -1) && (pos.y != -1))
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_uposition( m_widget, m_x, m_y );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_window_set_title( GTK_WINDOW(m_widget), title );
|
||||
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS( m_widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_widget_set( m_widget, "GtkWindow::allow_shrink", TRUE, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_connect( GTK_OBJECT(m_widget), "delete_event",
|
||||
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_frame_delete_callback), (gpointer)this );
|
||||
|
||||
m_mainWindow = gtk_myfixed_new();
|
||||
gtk_widget_show( m_mainWindow );
|
||||
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS( m_mainWindow, GTK_CAN_FOCUS );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_container_add( GTK_CONTAINER(m_widget), m_mainWindow );
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_uposition( m_mainWindow, 0, 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
m_wxwindow = gtk_myfixed_new();
|
||||
gtk_widget_show( m_wxwindow );
|
||||
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS( m_wxwindow, GTK_CAN_FOCUS );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_container_add( GTK_CONTAINER(m_mainWindow), m_wxwindow );
|
||||
|
||||
m_frameMenuBar = NULL;
|
||||
m_frameStatusBar = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_connect( GTK_OBJECT(m_widget), "size_allocate",
|
||||
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_frame_size_callback), (gpointer)this );
|
||||
|
||||
PostCreation();
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_widget_realize( m_mainWindow );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxFrame::~wxFrame(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_frameMenuBar) delete m_frameMenuBar;
|
||||
if (m_frameStatusBar) delete m_frameStatusBar;
|
||||
|
||||
// if (m_mainWindow) gtk_widget_destroy( m_mainWindow );
|
||||
|
||||
wxTopLevelWindows.DeleteObject( this );
|
||||
if (wxTopLevelWindows.Number() == 0) wxTheApp->ExitMainLoop();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxFrame::Show( const bool show )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (show)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxSizeEvent event( wxSize(m_width,m_height), GetId() );
|
||||
m_sizeSet = FALSE;
|
||||
ProcessEvent( event );
|
||||
};
|
||||
return wxWindow::Show( show );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxFrame::Enable( const bool enable )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxWindow::Enable( enable );
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_sensitive( m_mainWindow, enable );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxFrame::OnCloseWindow( wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
this->Destroy();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxFrame::Destroy(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!wxPendingDelete.Member(this))
|
||||
wxPendingDelete.Append(this);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxFrame::GetClientSize( int *width, int *height ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxWindow::GetClientSize( width, height );
|
||||
if (height)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_frameMenuBar) (*height) -= wxMENU_HEIGHT;
|
||||
if (m_frameStatusBar) (*height) -= wxSTATUS_HEIGHT;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxFrame::GtkOnSize( int width, int height )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((m_height == height) && (m_width == width) &&
|
||||
(m_sizeSet)) return;
|
||||
if (!m_mainWindow) return;
|
||||
if (!m_wxwindow) return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_width = width;
|
||||
m_height = height;
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_usize( m_widget, width, height );
|
||||
|
||||
int main_x = 0;
|
||||
int main_y = 0;
|
||||
int main_height = height;
|
||||
int main_width = width;
|
||||
|
||||
// This emulates Windows behaviour:
|
||||
// The menu bar is part of the main window, but the status bar
|
||||
// is on the implementation side in the client area. The
|
||||
// function GetClientSize returns the size of the client area
|
||||
// minus the status bar height. Under wxGTK, the main window
|
||||
// is represented by m_mainWindow. The menubar is inserted
|
||||
// into m_mainWindow whereas the statusbar is insertes into
|
||||
// m_wxwindow just like any other window.
|
||||
|
||||
// not really needed
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_usize( m_mainWindow, width, height );
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_frameMenuBar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
main_y = wxMENU_HEIGHT;
|
||||
main_height -= wxMENU_HEIGHT;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_uposition( GTK_WIDGET(m_wxwindow), main_x, main_y );
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_usize( GTK_WIDGET(m_wxwindow), main_width, main_height );
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_frameMenuBar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_uposition( m_frameMenuBar->m_widget, 1, 1 );
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_usize( m_frameMenuBar->m_widget, width-2, wxMENU_HEIGHT-2 );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_frameStatusBar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_frameStatusBar->SetSize( 0, main_height-wxSTATUS_HEIGHT, width, wxSTATUS_HEIGHT );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
m_sizeSet = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
wxSizeEvent event( wxSize(m_width,m_height), GetId() );
|
||||
event.SetEventObject( this );
|
||||
ProcessEvent( event );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxFrame::OnSize( wxSizeEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxWindow *child = NULL;
|
||||
int noChildren = 0;
|
||||
for(wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First(); node; node = node->Next())
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
|
||||
if (!win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) &&
|
||||
!win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog))
|
||||
/* && (win != m_frameMenuBar) &&
|
||||
(win != m_frameStatusBar) not in m_children anyway */
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
child = win;
|
||||
noChildren ++;
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((child) && (noChildren == 1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
int client_x, client_y;
|
||||
|
||||
GetClientSize(&client_x, &client_y);
|
||||
|
||||
child->SetSize( 1, 1, client_x-2, client_y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void SetInvokingWindow( wxMenu *menu, wxWindow *win )
|
||||
{
|
||||
menu->SetInvokingWindow( win );
|
||||
wxNode *node = menu->m_items.First();
|
||||
while (node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxMenuItem *menuitem = (wxMenuItem*)node->Data();
|
||||
if (menuitem->m_isSubMenu) SetInvokingWindow( menuitem->m_subMenu, win );
|
||||
node = node->Next();
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxFrame::SetMenuBar( wxMenuBar *menuBar )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_frameMenuBar = menuBar;
|
||||
|
||||
wxNode *node = m_frameMenuBar->m_menus.First();
|
||||
while (node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxMenu *menu = (wxMenu*)node->Data();
|
||||
SetInvokingWindow( menu, this );
|
||||
node = node->Next();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
m_frameMenuBar->m_parent = this;
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_put( GTK_MYFIXED(m_mainWindow),
|
||||
m_frameMenuBar->m_widget, m_frameMenuBar->m_x, m_frameMenuBar->m_y );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxFrame::CreateStatusBar( const int number )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_frameStatusBar)
|
||||
delete m_frameStatusBar;
|
||||
|
||||
m_frameStatusBar = new wxStatusBar( this, -1, wxPoint(0,0), wxSize(100,20) );
|
||||
|
||||
m_frameStatusBar->SetFieldsCount( number );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxFrame::SetStatusText( const wxString &text, const int number )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_frameStatusBar) m_frameStatusBar->SetStatusText( text, number );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxFrame::SetStatusWidths( const int n, const int *width )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_frameStatusBar) m_frameStatusBar->SetStatusWidths( n, width );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxStatusBar *wxFrame::GetStatusBar(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_frameStatusBar;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxMenuBar *wxFrame::GetMenuBar(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_frameMenuBar;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxFrame::SetTitle( const wxString &title )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_title = title;
|
||||
gtk_window_set_title( GTK_WINDOW(m_widget), title );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxFrame::GetTitle(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (wxString&)m_title;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
21
src/gtk1/gdiobj.cpp
Normal file
21
src/gtk1/gdiobj.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: gdiobj.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose: wxGDIObject class
|
||||
// Author: Julian Smart
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "gdiobj.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARIES
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGDIObject, wxObject)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
6
src/gtk1/horiz.xbm
Normal file
6
src/gtk1/horiz.xbm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
#define horiz_width 15
|
||||
#define horiz_height 15
|
||||
static char horiz_bits[] = {
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0xff, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};
|
22
src/gtk1/icon.cpp
Normal file
22
src/gtk1/icon.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: icon.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "icon.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/icon.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxIcon
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIcon,wxBitmap)
|
||||
|
266
src/gtk1/listbox.cpp
Normal file
266
src/gtk1/listbox.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: listbox.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "listbox.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/listbox.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxListBox
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void gtk_listitem_select_callback( GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxListBox *listbox = (wxListBox*)data;
|
||||
|
||||
wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, listbox->GetId() );
|
||||
|
||||
event.SetInt( listbox->GetIndex( widget ) );
|
||||
|
||||
GtkBin *bin = GTK_BIN( widget );
|
||||
GtkLabel *label = GTK_LABEL( bin->child );
|
||||
wxString tmp( label->label );
|
||||
event.SetString( WXSTRINGCAST(tmp) );
|
||||
|
||||
event.SetEventObject( listbox );
|
||||
|
||||
listbox->ProcessEvent( event );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListBox,wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
wxListBox::wxListBox(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_list = NULL;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxListBox::wxListBox( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const int n, const wxString choices[],
|
||||
const long style, const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create( parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, name );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxListBox::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const int n, const wxString choices[],
|
||||
const long style, const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_needParent = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
PreCreation( parent, id, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_scrolled_window_new( NULL, NULL );
|
||||
gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy( GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW(m_widget),
|
||||
GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC );
|
||||
|
||||
m_list = GTK_LIST( gtk_list_new() );
|
||||
gtk_list_set_selection_mode( GTK_LIST(m_list), GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER(m_widget), GTK_WIDGET(m_list) );
|
||||
gtk_widget_show( GTK_WIDGET(m_list) );
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkWidget *list_item;
|
||||
list_item = gtk_list_item_new_with_label( choices[i] );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_connect( GTK_OBJECT(list_item), "select",
|
||||
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_listitem_select_callback), (gpointer)this );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_container_add( GTK_CONTAINER(m_list), list_item );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_widget_show( list_item );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
PostCreation();
|
||||
|
||||
Show( TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListBox::Append( const wxString &item )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkWidget *list_item;
|
||||
list_item = gtk_list_item_new_with_label( item );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_connect( GTK_OBJECT(list_item), "select",
|
||||
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_listitem_select_callback), (gpointer)this );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_container_add( GTK_CONTAINER(m_list), list_item );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_widget_show( list_item );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListBox::Append( const wxString &WXUNUSED(item), char *WXUNUSED(clientData) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListBox::Clear(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_list_clear_items( m_list, 0, Number() );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListBox::Delete( int n )
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_list_clear_items( m_list, n, n );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListBox::Deselect( int n )
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_list_unselect_item( m_list, n );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxListBox::FindString( const wxString &item ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
GList *child = m_list->children;
|
||||
int count = 0;
|
||||
while (child)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkBin *bin = GTK_BIN( child->data );
|
||||
GtkLabel *label = GTK_LABEL( bin->child );
|
||||
if (item == label->label) return count;
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
child = child->next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
char *wxListBox::GetClientData( const int WXUNUSED(n) ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxListBox::GetSelection(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
GList *selection = m_list->selection;
|
||||
if (selection)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GList *child = m_list->children;
|
||||
int count = 0;
|
||||
while (child)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (child->data == selection->data) return count;
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
child = child->next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxListBox::GetSelections( int **WXUNUSED(selections) ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxListBox::GetString( int n ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
GList *child = g_list_nth( m_list->children, n );
|
||||
if (child)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkBin *bin = GTK_BIN( child->data );
|
||||
GtkLabel *label = GTK_LABEL( bin->child );
|
||||
return label->label;
|
||||
};
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxListBox::GetStringSelection(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
GList *selection = m_list->selection;
|
||||
if (selection)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkBin *bin = GTK_BIN( selection->data );
|
||||
wxString tmp = GTK_LABEL( bin->child )->label;
|
||||
return tmp;
|
||||
};
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxListBox::Number(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GList *child = m_list->children;
|
||||
int count = 0;
|
||||
while (child) { count++; child = child->next; };
|
||||
return count;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxListBox::Selected( const int n )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GList *target = g_list_nth( m_list->children, n );
|
||||
if (target)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GList *child = m_list->selection;
|
||||
while (child)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (child->data == target->data) return TRUE;
|
||||
child = child->next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListBox::Set( const int WXUNUSED(n), const wxString *WXUNUSED(choices) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListBox::SetClientData( const int WXUNUSED(n), char *WXUNUSED(clientData) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListBox::SetFirstItem( int WXUNUSED(n) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListBox::SetFirstItem( const wxString &WXUNUSED(item) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListBox::SetSelection( const int n, const bool select )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (select)
|
||||
gtk_list_select_item( m_list, n );
|
||||
else
|
||||
gtk_list_unselect_item( m_list, n );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListBox::SetString( const int WXUNUSED(n), const wxString &WXUNUSED(string) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListBox::SetStringSelection( const wxString &string, const bool select )
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetSelection( FindString(string), select );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxListBox::GetIndex( GtkWidget *item ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (item)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GList *child = m_list->children;
|
||||
int count = 0;
|
||||
while (child)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (GTK_WIDGET(child->data) == item) return count;
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
child = child->next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
198
src/gtk1/mdi.cpp
Normal file
198
src/gtk1/mdi.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: mdi.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "mdi.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/mdi.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMDIParentFrame
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame,wxFrame)
|
||||
|
||||
wxMDIParentFrame::wxMDIParentFrame(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_clientWindow = NULL;
|
||||
m_currentChild = NULL;
|
||||
m_parentFrameActive = TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxMDIParentFrame::wxMDIParentFrame( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString& name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_clientWindow = NULL;
|
||||
m_currentChild = NULL;
|
||||
m_parentFrameActive = TRUE;
|
||||
Create( parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxMDIParentFrame::~wxMDIParentFrame(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxMDIParentFrame::Create( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString& name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxFrame::Create( parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
|
||||
OnCreateClient();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMDIParentFrame::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxFrame::OnSize( event );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMDIParentFrame::OnActivate( wxActivateEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMDIParentFrame::SetMenuBar( wxMenuBar *menu_bar )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxFrame::SetMenuBar( menu_bar );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMDIParentFrame::GetClientSize(int *width, int *height ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxFrame::GetClientSize( width, height );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxMDIChildFrame *wxMDIParentFrame::GetActiveChild(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_currentChild;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxMDIClientWindow *wxMDIParentFrame::GetClientWindow(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_clientWindow;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxMDIClientWindow *wxMDIParentFrame::OnCreateClient(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_clientWindow = new wxMDIClientWindow( this );
|
||||
return m_clientWindow;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMDIParentFrame::ActivateNext(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMDIParentFrame::ActivatePrevious(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMDIParentFrame::OnSysColourChanged( wxSysColourChangedEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMDIChildFrame
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIChildFrame,wxPanel)
|
||||
|
||||
wxMDIChildFrame::wxMDIChildFrame(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxMDIChildFrame::wxMDIChildFrame( wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
|
||||
const wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString& name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create( parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxMDIChildFrame::~wxMDIChildFrame(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxMDIChildFrame::Create( wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
|
||||
const wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString& name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_title = title;
|
||||
return wxPanel::Create( parent->GetClientWindow(), id, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMDIChildFrame::SetMenuBar( wxMenuBar *WXUNUSED(menu_bar) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMDIChildFrame::Activate(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMDIClientWindow
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIClientWindow,wxWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
wxMDIClientWindow::wxMDIClientWindow(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxMDIClientWindow::wxMDIClientWindow( wxMDIParentFrame *parent, const long style )
|
||||
{
|
||||
CreateClient( parent, style );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxMDIClientWindow::~wxMDIClientWindow(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxMDIClientWindow::CreateClient( wxMDIParentFrame *parent, const long style )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_needParent = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
PreCreation( parent, -1, wxPoint(10,10), wxSize(100,100), style, "wxMDIClientWindow" );
|
||||
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_notebook_new();
|
||||
|
||||
PostCreation();
|
||||
|
||||
Show( TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMDIClientWindow::AddChild( wxWindow *child )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_children.Append( child );
|
||||
|
||||
wxString s;
|
||||
|
||||
if (child->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMDIChildFrame)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxMDIChildFrame* mdi_child = (wxMDIChildFrame*) child;
|
||||
s = mdi_child->m_title;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
if (s.IsNull()) s = "MDI child";
|
||||
|
||||
GtkWidget *label_widget;
|
||||
label_widget = gtk_label_new( s );
|
||||
gtk_misc_set_alignment( GTK_MISC(label_widget), 0.0, 0.5 );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_notebook_append_page( GTK_NOTEBOOK(m_widget), child->m_widget, label_widget );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
293
src/gtk1/menu.cpp
Normal file
293
src/gtk1/menu.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: menu.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "menu.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/menu.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMenuBar
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuBar,wxWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
wxMenuBar::wxMenuBar(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_needParent = FALSE; // hmmm
|
||||
|
||||
PreCreation( NULL, -1, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0, "menu" );
|
||||
|
||||
m_menus.DeleteContents( TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_handle_box_new();
|
||||
|
||||
m_menubar = gtk_menu_bar_new();
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_container_add( GTK_CONTAINER(m_widget), m_menubar );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_widget_show( m_menubar );
|
||||
|
||||
PostCreation();
|
||||
|
||||
Show( TRUE );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMenuBar::Append( wxMenu *menu, const wxString &title )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_menus.Append( menu );
|
||||
menu->m_title = title; // ??????
|
||||
|
||||
size_t pos;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
pos = menu->m_title.First( '&' );
|
||||
if (pos != wxString::npos) menu->m_title.Remove( pos, 1 );
|
||||
} while (pos != wxString::npos);
|
||||
|
||||
GtkWidget *root_menu;
|
||||
root_menu = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label( WXSTRINGCAST(menu->m_title) );
|
||||
gtk_widget_show( root_menu );
|
||||
gtk_menu_item_set_submenu( GTK_MENU_ITEM(root_menu), menu->m_menu );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_menu_bar_append( GTK_MENU_BAR(m_menubar), root_menu );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int FindMenuItemRecursive( const wxMenu *menu, const wxString &menuString, const wxString &itemString )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (menu->m_title == menuString)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int res = menu->FindItem( itemString );
|
||||
if (res != -1) return res;
|
||||
};
|
||||
wxNode *node = menu->m_items.First();
|
||||
while (node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)node->Data();
|
||||
if (item->m_subMenu) return FindMenuItemRecursive( item->m_subMenu, menuString, itemString );
|
||||
node = node->Next();
|
||||
};
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxMenuBar::FindMenuItem( const wxString &menuString, const wxString &itemString ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxNode *node = m_menus.First();
|
||||
while (node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxMenu *menu = (wxMenu*)node->Data();
|
||||
int res = FindMenuItemRecursive( menu, menuString, itemString);
|
||||
if (res != -1) return res;
|
||||
node = node->Next();
|
||||
};
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMenu
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void gtk_menu_clicked_callback( GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxMenu *menu = (wxMenu*)data;
|
||||
int id = menu->FindMenuIdByMenuItem(widget);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!menu->Enabled(id)) return;
|
||||
|
||||
wxCommandEvent event( wxEVENT_TYPE_MENU_COMMAND, id );
|
||||
event.SetEventObject( menu );
|
||||
event.SetInt(id );
|
||||
wxWindow *win = menu->GetInvokingWindow();
|
||||
if (win) win->ProcessEvent( event );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuItem,wxObject)
|
||||
|
||||
wxMenuItem::wxMenuItem(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_id = 0;
|
||||
m_text = "";
|
||||
m_isCheckMenu = FALSE;
|
||||
m_checked = FALSE;
|
||||
m_isSubMenu = FALSE;
|
||||
m_subMenu = NULL;
|
||||
m_helpStr = "";
|
||||
m_menuItem = NULL;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenu,wxEvtHandler)
|
||||
|
||||
wxMenu::wxMenu( const wxString &title )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_title = title;
|
||||
m_items.DeleteContents( TRUE );
|
||||
m_invokingWindow = NULL;
|
||||
m_menu = gtk_menu_new(); // Do not show!
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMenu::AppendSeparator(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxMenuItem *mitem = new wxMenuItem();
|
||||
mitem->m_id = -1;
|
||||
mitem->m_text = "";
|
||||
mitem->m_helpStr = "";
|
||||
mitem->m_isCheckMenu = FALSE;
|
||||
mitem->m_isEnabled = TRUE;
|
||||
mitem->m_menuItem = gtk_menu_item_new();
|
||||
gtk_menu_append( GTK_MENU(m_menu), mitem->m_menuItem );
|
||||
gtk_widget_show( mitem->m_menuItem );
|
||||
m_items.Append( mitem );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMenu::Append( const int id, const wxString &item, const wxString &helpStr, const bool checkable )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxMenuItem *mitem = new wxMenuItem();
|
||||
mitem->m_id = id;
|
||||
|
||||
mitem->m_text = item;
|
||||
size_t pos;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
pos = mitem->m_text.First( '&' );
|
||||
if (pos != wxString::npos) mitem->m_text.Remove( pos, 1 );
|
||||
} while (pos != wxString::npos);
|
||||
|
||||
mitem->m_helpStr = helpStr;
|
||||
mitem->m_isCheckMenu = checkable;
|
||||
mitem->m_isEnabled = TRUE;
|
||||
if (checkable)
|
||||
mitem->m_menuItem = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_label( WXSTRINGCAST(mitem->m_text) );
|
||||
else
|
||||
mitem->m_menuItem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label( WXSTRINGCAST(mitem->m_text) );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_connect( GTK_OBJECT(mitem->m_menuItem), "activate",
|
||||
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_menu_clicked_callback), (gpointer*)this );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_menu_append( GTK_MENU(m_menu), mitem->m_menuItem );
|
||||
gtk_widget_show( mitem->m_menuItem );
|
||||
m_items.Append( mitem );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMenu::Append( const int id, const wxString &item, wxMenu *subMenu, const wxString &helpStr )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxMenuItem *mitem = new wxMenuItem();
|
||||
mitem->m_id = id;
|
||||
mitem->m_text = item;
|
||||
mitem->m_isEnabled = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
size_t pos;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
pos = mitem->m_text.First( '&' );
|
||||
if (pos != wxString::npos) mitem->m_text.Remove( pos, 1 );
|
||||
} while (pos != wxString::npos);
|
||||
|
||||
mitem->m_helpStr = helpStr;
|
||||
mitem->m_menuItem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label( WXSTRINGCAST(mitem->m_text) );
|
||||
|
||||
mitem->m_subMenu = subMenu;
|
||||
gtk_menu_item_set_submenu( GTK_MENU_ITEM(mitem->m_menuItem), subMenu->m_menu );
|
||||
gtk_menu_append( GTK_MENU(m_menu), mitem->m_menuItem );
|
||||
gtk_widget_show( mitem->m_menuItem );
|
||||
m_items.Append( mitem );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxMenu::FindItem( const wxString itemString ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString s( itemString );
|
||||
|
||||
size_t pos;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
pos = s.First( '&' );
|
||||
if (pos != wxString::npos) s.Remove( pos, 1 );
|
||||
} while (pos != wxString::npos);
|
||||
|
||||
wxNode *node = m_items.First();
|
||||
while (node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)node->Data();
|
||||
if (item->m_text == s) return item->m_id;
|
||||
node = node->Next();
|
||||
};
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMenu::Enable( const int id, const bool enable )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxNode *node = m_items.First();
|
||||
while (node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)node->Data();
|
||||
if (item->m_id == id)
|
||||
{
|
||||
item->m_isEnabled = enable;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
};
|
||||
node = node->Next();
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxMenu::Enabled( const int id ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxNode *node = m_items.First();
|
||||
while (node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)node->Data();
|
||||
if (item->m_id == id) return item->m_isEnabled;
|
||||
node = node->Next();
|
||||
};
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMenu::SetLabel( const int id, const wxString &label )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString s( label );
|
||||
size_t pos;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
pos = s.First( '&' );
|
||||
if (pos != wxString::npos) s.Remove( pos, 1 );
|
||||
} while (pos != wxString::npos);
|
||||
|
||||
wxNode *node = m_items.First();
|
||||
while (node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)node->Data();
|
||||
item->m_text = s;
|
||||
if (item->m_id == id)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_label_set( GTK_LABEL( GTK_BIN(item->m_menuItem)->child ), WXSTRINGCAST(s) );
|
||||
};
|
||||
node = node->Next();
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxMenu::FindMenuIdByMenuItem( GtkWidget *menuItem ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxNode *node = m_items.First();
|
||||
while (node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)node->Data();
|
||||
if (item->m_menuItem == menuItem) return item->m_id;
|
||||
node = node->Next();
|
||||
};
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMenu::SetInvokingWindow( wxWindow *win )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_invokingWindow = win;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindow *wxMenu::GetInvokingWindow(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_invokingWindow;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
106
src/gtk1/palette.cpp
Normal file
106
src/gtk1/palette.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: palette.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "palette.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/palette.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxPalette
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxPaletteRefData: public wxObjectRefData
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxPaletteRefData(void);
|
||||
~wxPaletteRefData(void);
|
||||
|
||||
GdkColormap *m_colormap;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxPaletteRefData::wxPaletteRefData(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_colormap = NULL;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxPaletteRefData::~wxPaletteRefData(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_colormap) gdk_colormap_unref( m_colormap );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#define M_PALETTEDATA ((wxPaletteRefData *)m_refData)
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPalette,wxGDIObject)
|
||||
|
||||
wxPalette::wxPalette(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxPalette::wxPalette( const int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxPaletteRefData();
|
||||
Create( n, red, green, blue );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxPalette::wxPalette( const wxPalette& palette )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Ref( palette );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxPalette::wxPalette( const wxPalette* palette )
|
||||
{
|
||||
UnRef();
|
||||
if (palette) Ref( *palette );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxPalette::~wxPalette(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxPalette& wxPalette::operator = ( const wxPalette& palette )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*this == palette) return (*this);
|
||||
Ref( palette );
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxPalette::operator == ( const wxPalette& palette )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_refData == palette.m_refData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxPalette::operator != ( const wxPalette& palette )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_refData != palette.m_refData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxPalette::Ok(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (m_refData);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxPalette::Create( const int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxPalette::GetPixel( const unsigned char red, const unsigned char green, const unsigned char blue ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxPalette::GetRGB( const int pixel, unsigned char *red, unsigned char *green, unsigned char *blue ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
204
src/gtk1/pen.cpp
Normal file
204
src/gtk1/pen.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: pen.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "pen.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/pen.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxPen
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxPenRefData: public wxObjectRefData
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxPenRefData(void);
|
||||
|
||||
int m_width;
|
||||
int m_style;
|
||||
int m_joinStyle;
|
||||
int m_capStyle;
|
||||
wxColour m_colour;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxPenRefData::wxPenRefData(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_width = 1;
|
||||
m_style = wxSOLID;
|
||||
m_joinStyle = wxJOIN_ROUND;
|
||||
m_capStyle = wxCAP_ROUND;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#define M_PENDATA ((wxPenRefData *)m_refData)
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPen,wxGDIObject)
|
||||
|
||||
wxPen::wxPen(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wxThePenList) wxThePenList->AddPen( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxPen::wxPen( const wxColour &colour, int width, int style )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxPenRefData();
|
||||
M_PENDATA->m_width = width;
|
||||
M_PENDATA->m_style = style;
|
||||
M_PENDATA->m_colour = colour;
|
||||
if (wxThePenList) wxThePenList->AddPen( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxPen::wxPen( const wxString &colourName, int width, int style )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxPenRefData();
|
||||
M_PENDATA->m_width = width;
|
||||
M_PENDATA->m_style = style;
|
||||
M_PENDATA->m_colour = colourName;
|
||||
if (wxThePenList) wxThePenList->AddPen( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxPen::wxPen( const wxPen& pen )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Ref( pen );
|
||||
if (wxThePenList) wxThePenList->AddPen( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxPen::wxPen( const wxPen* pen )
|
||||
{
|
||||
UnRef();
|
||||
if (pen) Ref( *pen );
|
||||
if (wxThePenList) wxThePenList->AddPen( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxPen::~wxPen(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wxThePenList) wxThePenList->RemovePen( this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxPen& wxPen::operator = ( const wxPen& pen )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*this == pen) return (*this);
|
||||
Ref( pen );
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxPen::operator == ( const wxPen& pen )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_refData == pen.m_refData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxPen::operator != ( const wxPen& pen )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_refData != pen.m_refData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPen::SetColour( const wxColour &colour )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_refData)
|
||||
m_refData = new wxPenRefData();
|
||||
|
||||
M_PENDATA->m_colour = colour;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPen::SetColour( const wxString &colourName )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_refData)
|
||||
m_refData = new wxPenRefData();
|
||||
|
||||
M_PENDATA->m_colour = colourName;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPen::SetColour( const int red, const int green, const int blue )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_refData)
|
||||
m_refData = new wxPenRefData();
|
||||
|
||||
M_PENDATA->m_colour.Set( red, green, blue );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPen::SetCap( int capStyle )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_refData)
|
||||
m_refData = new wxPenRefData();
|
||||
|
||||
M_PENDATA->m_capStyle = capStyle;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPen::SetJoin( int joinStyle )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_refData)
|
||||
m_refData = new wxPenRefData();
|
||||
|
||||
M_PENDATA->m_joinStyle = joinStyle;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPen::SetStyle( int style )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_refData)
|
||||
m_refData = new wxPenRefData();
|
||||
|
||||
M_PENDATA->m_style = style;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPen::SetWidth( int width )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_refData)
|
||||
m_refData = new wxPenRefData();
|
||||
|
||||
M_PENDATA->m_width = width;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxPen::GetCap(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return M_PENDATA->m_capStyle;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxPen::GetJoin(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_refData)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return M_PENDATA->m_joinStyle;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxPen::GetStyle(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_refData)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return M_PENDATA->m_style;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxPen::GetWidth(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_refData)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return M_PENDATA->m_width;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxColour &wxPen::GetColour(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_refData)
|
||||
return wxNullColour;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return M_PENDATA->m_colour;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxPen::Ok(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (m_refData);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
229
src/gtk1/radiobox.cpp
Normal file
229
src/gtk1/radiobox.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: radiobox.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "radiobox.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/radiobox.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dialog.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/frame.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gtk/win_gtk.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxRadioBox
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void gtk_radiobutton_clicked_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), gpointer data )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxRadioBox *rb = (wxRadioBox*)data;
|
||||
wxCommandEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, rb->GetId() );
|
||||
event.SetInt( rb->GetSelection() );
|
||||
wxString tmp( rb->GetStringSelection() );
|
||||
event.SetString( WXSTRINGCAST(tmp) );
|
||||
event.SetEventObject( rb );
|
||||
rb->ProcessEvent(event);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioBox,wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
wxRadioBox::wxRadioBox(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxRadioBox::wxRadioBox( wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const int n, const wxString choices[],
|
||||
const int majorDim, const long style,
|
||||
const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create( parent, id, title, pos, size, n, choices, majorDim, style, name );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxRadioBox::Create( wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const int n, const wxString choices[],
|
||||
const int WXUNUSED(majorDim), const long style,
|
||||
const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_needParent = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
PreCreation( parent, id, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_frame_new( title );
|
||||
|
||||
int x = m_x+5;
|
||||
int y = m_y+15;
|
||||
int maxLen = 0;
|
||||
int height = 20;
|
||||
|
||||
// if (((m_style & wxRA_VERTICAL) == wxRA_VERTICAL) && (n > 0))
|
||||
if (n > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GSList *radio_button_group = NULL;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (i) radio_button_group = gtk_radio_button_group( GTK_RADIO_BUTTON(m_radio) );
|
||||
m_radio = GTK_RADIO_BUTTON( gtk_radio_button_new_with_label( radio_button_group, choices[i] ) );
|
||||
|
||||
if (!i) gtk_toggle_button_set_state( GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(m_radio), TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_connect( GTK_OBJECT(m_radio), "clicked",
|
||||
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_radiobutton_clicked_callback), (gpointer*)this );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_put( GTK_MYFIXED(m_parent->m_wxwindow), GTK_WIDGET(m_radio), x, y );
|
||||
|
||||
int tmp = 22+gdk_string_measure( GTK_WIDGET(m_radio)->style->font, choices[i] );
|
||||
if (tmp > maxLen) maxLen = tmp;
|
||||
|
||||
int width = m_width-10;
|
||||
if (size.x == -1) width = tmp;
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_usize( GTK_WIDGET(m_radio), width, 20 );
|
||||
|
||||
y += 20;
|
||||
height += 20;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize newSize = size;
|
||||
if (newSize.x == -1) newSize.x = maxLen+10;
|
||||
if (newSize.y == -1) newSize.y = height;
|
||||
SetSize( newSize.x, newSize.y );
|
||||
|
||||
PostCreation();
|
||||
|
||||
Show( TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxRadioBox::Show( const bool show )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxWindow::Show( show );
|
||||
|
||||
GSList *item = gtk_radio_button_group( m_radio );
|
||||
while (item)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET( item->data );
|
||||
if (show) gtk_widget_show( w ); else gtk_widget_hide( w );
|
||||
item = item->next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxRadioBox::FindString( const wxString& WXUNUSED(s) ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxRadioBox::SetSelection( const int WXUNUSED(n) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxRadioBox::GetSelection(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
GSList *item = gtk_radio_button_group( m_radio );
|
||||
int count = 0;
|
||||
while (item)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkButton *button = GTK_BUTTON( item->data );
|
||||
if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button)->active) return count;
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
item = item->next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxRadioBox::GetString( const int WXUNUSED(n) ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxRadioBox::GetLabel(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return wxControl::GetLabel();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxRadioBox::SetLabel( const wxString& WXUNUSED(label) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxRadioBox::SetLabel( const int WXUNUSED(item), const wxString& WXUNUSED(label) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxRadioBox::SetLabel( const int WXUNUSED(item), wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxRadioBox::GetLabel( const int WXUNUSED(item) ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxRadioBox::Enable( const bool WXUNUSED(enable) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxRadioBox::Enable( const int WXUNUSED(item), const bool WXUNUSED(enable) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxRadioBox::Show( const int WXUNUSED(item), const bool WXUNUSED(show) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxRadioBox::GetStringSelection(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
GSList *item = gtk_radio_button_group( m_radio );
|
||||
while (item)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkButton *button = GTK_BUTTON( item->data );
|
||||
if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button)->active)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkLabel *label = GTK_LABEL( button->child );
|
||||
return label->label;
|
||||
};
|
||||
item = item->next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxRadioBox::SetStringSelection( const wxString& WXUNUSED(s) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxRadioBox::Number(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int count = 0;
|
||||
GSList *item = gtk_radio_button_group( m_radio );
|
||||
while (item)
|
||||
{
|
||||
item = item->next;
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
};
|
||||
return count;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxRadioBox::GetNumberOfRowsOrCols(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxRadioBox::SetNumberOfRowsOrCols( const int WXUNUSED(n) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
17
src/gtk1/radiobut.cpp
Normal file
17
src/gtk1/radiobut.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: radiobut.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "radiobut.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/radiobut.h"
|
||||
|
253
src/gtk1/region.cpp
Normal file
253
src/gtk1/region.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: region.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/98
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "region.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/region.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxRegion
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class wxRegionRefData: public wxObjectRefData
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxRegionRefData(void);
|
||||
~wxRegionRefData(void);
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
GdkRegion *m_region;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxRegionRefData::wxRegionRefData(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_region = NULL;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxRegionRefData::~wxRegionRefData(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_region) gdk_region_destroy( m_region );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#define M_REGIONDATA ((wxRegionRefData *)m_refData)
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegion,wxGDIObject);
|
||||
|
||||
wxRegion::wxRegion( long x, long y, long w, long h )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxRegionRefData();
|
||||
GdkRegion *reg = gdk_region_new();
|
||||
GdkRectangle rect;
|
||||
rect.x = x;
|
||||
rect.y = y;
|
||||
rect.width = w;
|
||||
rect.height = h;
|
||||
M_REGIONDATA->m_region = gdk_region_union_with_rect( reg, &rect );
|
||||
gdk_region_destroy( reg );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxRegion::wxRegion( const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxRegionRefData();
|
||||
GdkRegion *reg = gdk_region_new();
|
||||
GdkRectangle rect;
|
||||
rect.x = topLeft.x;
|
||||
rect.y = topLeft.y;
|
||||
rect.width = bottomRight.x - rect.x;
|
||||
rect.height = bottomRight.y - rect.y;
|
||||
M_REGIONDATA->m_region = gdk_region_union_with_rect( reg, &rect );
|
||||
gdk_region_destroy( reg );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxRegion::wxRegion( const wxRect& rect )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxRegionRefData();
|
||||
GdkRegion *reg = gdk_region_new();
|
||||
GdkRectangle g_rect;
|
||||
g_rect.x = rect.x;
|
||||
g_rect.y = rect.y;
|
||||
g_rect.width = rect.width;
|
||||
g_rect.height = rect.height;
|
||||
M_REGIONDATA->m_region = gdk_region_union_with_rect( reg, &g_rect );
|
||||
gdk_region_destroy( reg );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxRegion::wxRegion(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_refData = new wxRegionRefData();
|
||||
M_REGIONDATA->m_region = gdk_region_new();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxRegion::~wxRegion(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxRegion::Clear(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
UnRef();
|
||||
m_refData = new wxRegionRefData();
|
||||
M_REGIONDATA->m_region = gdk_region_new();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxRegion::Union( long x, long y, long width, long height )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GdkRectangle rect;
|
||||
rect.x = x;
|
||||
rect.y = y;
|
||||
rect.width = width;
|
||||
rect.height = height;
|
||||
GdkRegion *reg = gdk_region_union_with_rect( M_REGIONDATA->m_region, &rect );
|
||||
gdk_region_destroy( M_REGIONDATA->m_region );
|
||||
M_REGIONDATA->m_region = reg;
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxRegion::Union( const wxRect& rect )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GdkRectangle g_rect;
|
||||
g_rect.x = rect.x;
|
||||
g_rect.y = rect.y;
|
||||
g_rect.width = rect.width;
|
||||
g_rect.height = rect.height;
|
||||
GdkRegion *reg = gdk_region_union_with_rect( M_REGIONDATA->m_region, &g_rect );
|
||||
gdk_region_destroy( M_REGIONDATA->m_region );
|
||||
M_REGIONDATA->m_region = reg;
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxRegion::Union( const wxRegion& region )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GdkRegion *reg = gdk_regions_union( M_REGIONDATA->m_region, region.GetRegion() );
|
||||
gdk_region_destroy( M_REGIONDATA->m_region );
|
||||
M_REGIONDATA->m_region = reg;
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxRegion::Intersect( long x, long y, long width, long height )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxRegion reg( x, y, width, height );
|
||||
Intersect( reg );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxRegion::Intersect( const wxRect& rect )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxRegion reg( rect );
|
||||
Intersect( reg );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxRegion::Intersect( const wxRegion& region )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GdkRegion *reg = gdk_regions_intersect( M_REGIONDATA->m_region, region.GetRegion() );
|
||||
gdk_region_destroy( M_REGIONDATA->m_region );
|
||||
M_REGIONDATA->m_region = reg;
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxRegion::Subtract( long x, long y, long width, long height )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxRegion reg( x, y, width, height );
|
||||
Subtract( reg );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxRegion::Subtract( const wxRect& rect )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxRegion reg( rect );
|
||||
Subtract( reg );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxRegion::Subtract( const wxRegion& region )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GdkRegion *reg = gdk_regions_subtract( M_REGIONDATA->m_region, region.GetRegion() );
|
||||
gdk_region_destroy( M_REGIONDATA->m_region );
|
||||
M_REGIONDATA->m_region = reg;
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxRegion::Xor( long x, long y, long width, long height )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxRegion reg( x, y, width, height );
|
||||
Xor( reg );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxRegion::Xor( const wxRect& rect )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxRegion reg( rect );
|
||||
Xor( reg );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxRegion::Xor( const wxRegion& region )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GdkRegion *reg = gdk_regions_xor( M_REGIONDATA->m_region, region.GetRegion() );
|
||||
gdk_region_destroy( M_REGIONDATA->m_region );
|
||||
M_REGIONDATA->m_region = reg;
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxRegion::GetBox( long& x, long& y, long&w, long &h ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
x = 0;
|
||||
y = 0;
|
||||
w = -1;
|
||||
h = -1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxRect wxRegion::GetBox(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return wxRect( 0, 0, -1, -1 );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxRegion::Empty(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return gdk_region_empty( M_REGIONDATA->m_region );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxRegionContain wxRegion::Contains( long x, long y ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (gdk_region_point_in( M_REGIONDATA->m_region, x, y ))
|
||||
return wxInRegion;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return wxOutRegion;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxRegionContain wxRegion::Contains( long x, long y, long w, long h ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
GdkRectangle rect;
|
||||
rect.x = x;
|
||||
rect.y = y;
|
||||
rect.width = w;
|
||||
rect.height = h;
|
||||
GdkOverlapType res = gdk_region_rect_in( M_REGIONDATA->m_region, &rect );
|
||||
switch (res)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case GDK_OVERLAP_RECTANGLE_IN: return wxInRegion;
|
||||
case GDK_OVERLAP_RECTANGLE_OUT: return wxOutRegion;
|
||||
case GDK_OVERLAP_RECTANGLE_PART: return wxPartRegion;
|
||||
};
|
||||
return wxOutRegion;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
GdkRegion *wxRegion::GetRegion(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return M_REGIONDATA->m_region;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
216
src/gtk1/scrolbar.cpp
Normal file
216
src/gtk1/scrolbar.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: scrolbar.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "scrolbar.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/scrolbar.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/utils.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxScrollBar
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void gtk_scrollbar_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), wxScrollBar *win )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*
|
||||
printf( "OnScroll from " );
|
||||
if (win->GetClassInfo() && win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName())
|
||||
printf( win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName() );
|
||||
printf( ".\n" );
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
if (!win->HasVMT()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
float diff = win->m_adjust->value - win->m_oldPos;
|
||||
if (fabs(diff) < 0.2) return;
|
||||
|
||||
int command = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
float line_step = win->m_adjust->step_increment;
|
||||
float page_step = win->m_adjust->page_increment;
|
||||
|
||||
if (fabs(diff-line_step) < 0.2) command = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN;
|
||||
else if (fabs(diff+line_step) < 0.2) command = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP;
|
||||
else if (fabs(diff-page_step) < 0.2) command = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN;
|
||||
else if (fabs(diff+page_step) < 0.2) command = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP;
|
||||
else command = wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK;
|
||||
|
||||
int value = (int)(win->m_adjust->value+0.5);
|
||||
|
||||
int orient = wxHORIZONTAL;
|
||||
if (win->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxSB_VERTICAL == wxSB_VERTICAL) orient = wxHORIZONTAL;
|
||||
|
||||
wxScrollEvent event( command, win->GetId(), value, orient );
|
||||
event.SetEventObject( win );
|
||||
win->ProcessEvent( event );
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
wxCommandEvent cevent( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, win->GetId() );
|
||||
cevent.SetEventObject( win );
|
||||
win->ProcessEvent( cevent );
|
||||
*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrollBar,wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
wxScrollBar::wxScrollBar(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString& name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create( parent, id, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxScrollBar::~wxScrollBar(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxScrollBar::Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString& name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_needParent = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
PreCreation( parent, id, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
|
||||
m_oldPos = 0.0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (style & wxSB_VERTICAL == wxSB_VERTICAL)
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_hscrollbar_new( NULL );
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_vscrollbar_new( NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
m_adjust = gtk_range_get_adjustment( GTK_RANGE(m_widget) );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (m_adjust), "value_changed",
|
||||
(GtkSignalFunc) gtk_scrollbar_callback, (gpointer) this );
|
||||
|
||||
PostCreation();
|
||||
|
||||
Show( TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxScrollBar::GetPosition(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (int)(m_adjust->value+0.5);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxScrollBar::GetThumbSize() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (int)(m_adjust->page_size+0.5);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxScrollBar::GetPageSize() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (int)(m_adjust->page_increment+0.5);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxScrollBar::GetRange() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (int)(m_adjust->upper+0.5);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxScrollBar::SetPosition( const int viewStart )
|
||||
{
|
||||
float fpos = (float)viewStart;
|
||||
m_oldPos = fpos;
|
||||
if (fabs(fpos-m_adjust->value) < 0.2) return;
|
||||
m_adjust->value = fpos;
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_emit_by_name( GTK_OBJECT(m_adjust), "value_changed" );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxScrollBar::SetScrollbar( const int position, const int thumbSize, const int range, const int pageSize,
|
||||
const bool WXUNUSED(refresh) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
float fpos = (float)position;
|
||||
m_oldPos = fpos;
|
||||
float frange = (float)range;
|
||||
float fthumb = (float)thumbSize;
|
||||
float fpage = (float)pageSize;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((fabs(fpos-m_adjust->value) < 0.2) &&
|
||||
(fabs(frange-m_adjust->upper) < 0.2) &&
|
||||
(fabs(fthumb-m_adjust->page_size) < 0.2) &&
|
||||
(fabs(fpage-m_adjust->page_increment) < 0.2))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_adjust->lower = 0.0;
|
||||
m_adjust->upper = frange;
|
||||
m_adjust->value = fpos;
|
||||
m_adjust->step_increment = 1.0;
|
||||
m_adjust->page_increment = (float)(wxMax(fpage-2,0));
|
||||
m_adjust->page_size = fthumb;
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_emit_by_name( GTK_OBJECT(m_adjust), "changed" );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Backward compatibility
|
||||
int wxScrollBar::GetValue(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GetPosition();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxScrollBar::SetValue( const int viewStart )
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetPosition( viewStart );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxScrollBar::GetValues( int *viewStart, int *viewLength, int *objectLength, int *pageLength ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int pos = (int)(m_adjust->value+0.5);
|
||||
int thumb = (int)(m_adjust->page_size+0.5);
|
||||
int page = (int)(m_adjust->page_increment+0.5);
|
||||
int range = (int)(m_adjust->upper+0.5);
|
||||
|
||||
*viewStart = pos;
|
||||
*viewLength = range;
|
||||
*objectLength = thumb;
|
||||
*pageLength = page;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxScrollBar::GetViewLength() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (int)(m_adjust->upper+0.5);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxScrollBar::GetObjectLength() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (int)(m_adjust->page_size+0.5);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxScrollBar::SetPageSize( const int pageLength )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int pos = (int)(m_adjust->value+0.5);
|
||||
int thumb = (int)(m_adjust->page_size+0.5);
|
||||
int range = (int)(m_adjust->upper+0.5);
|
||||
SetScrollbar( pos, thumb, range, pageLength );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxScrollBar::SetObjectLength( const int objectLength )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int pos = (int)(m_adjust->value+0.5);
|
||||
int page = (int)(m_adjust->page_increment+0.5);
|
||||
int range = (int)(m_adjust->upper+0.5);
|
||||
SetScrollbar( pos, objectLength, range, page );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxScrollBar::SetViewLength( const int viewLength )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int pos = (int)(m_adjust->value+0.5);
|
||||
int thumb = (int)(m_adjust->page_size+0.5);
|
||||
int page = (int)(m_adjust->page_increment+0.5);
|
||||
SetScrollbar( pos, thumb, viewLength, page );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
183
src/gtk1/settings.cpp
Normal file
183
src/gtk1/settings.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: settings.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "settings.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/settings.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_SCROLLBAR 0
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BACKGROUND 1
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVECAPTION 2
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVECAPTION 3
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_MENU 4
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW 5
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWFRAME 6
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUTEXT 7
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT 8
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_CAPTIONTEXT 9
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVEBORDER 10
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVEBORDER 11
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_APPWORKSPACE 12
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT 13
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT 14
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE 15
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW 16
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT 17
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNTEXT 18
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT 19
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT 20
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW 21
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DLIGHT 22
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOTEXT 23
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOBK 24
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_DESKTOP wxSYS_COLOUR_BACKGROUND
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHIGHLIGHT wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHILIGHT wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT
|
||||
#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHILIGHT wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define SHIFT (8*(sizeof(short int)-sizeof(char)))
|
||||
|
||||
wxColour *g_systemBtnFaceColour = NULL;
|
||||
wxColour *g_systemBtnShadowColour = NULL;
|
||||
wxColour *g_systemBtnHighlightColour = NULL;
|
||||
wxColour *g_systemHighlightColour = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
wxColour wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour( int index )
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (index)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_SCROLLBAR:
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_BACKGROUND:
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVECAPTION:
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVECAPTION:
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_MENU:
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW:
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWFRAME:
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVEBORDER:
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVEBORDER:
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE:
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkStyle *style = gtk_widget_get_default_style();
|
||||
if (!g_systemBtnFaceColour)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_systemBtnFaceColour =
|
||||
new wxColour( style->bg[0].red >> SHIFT,
|
||||
style->bg[0].green >> SHIFT,
|
||||
style->bg[0].blue >> SHIFT );
|
||||
};
|
||||
return *g_systemBtnFaceColour;
|
||||
};
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW:
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkStyle *style = gtk_widget_get_default_style();
|
||||
if (!g_systemBtnShadowColour)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_systemBtnShadowColour =
|
||||
new wxColour( style->dark[0].red >> SHIFT,
|
||||
style->dark[0].green >> SHIFT,
|
||||
style->dark[0].blue >> SHIFT );
|
||||
};
|
||||
return *g_systemBtnShadowColour;
|
||||
};
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT:
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT:
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkStyle *style = gtk_widget_get_default_style();
|
||||
if (!g_systemBtnHighlightColour)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_systemBtnHighlightColour =
|
||||
new wxColour( style->light[0].red >> SHIFT,
|
||||
style->light[0].green >> SHIFT,
|
||||
style->light[0].blue >> SHIFT );
|
||||
};
|
||||
return *g_systemBtnHighlightColour;
|
||||
};
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT:
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkStyle *style = gtk_widget_get_default_style();
|
||||
if (!g_systemHighlightColour)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_systemHighlightColour =
|
||||
new wxColour( style->bg[GTK_STATE_SELECTED].red >> SHIFT,
|
||||
style->bg[GTK_STATE_SELECTED].green >> SHIFT,
|
||||
style->bg[GTK_STATE_SELECTED].blue >> SHIFT );
|
||||
};
|
||||
return *g_systemHighlightColour;
|
||||
};
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUTEXT:
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT:
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_CAPTIONTEXT:
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT:
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOTEXT:
|
||||
{
|
||||
return *wxBLACK;
|
||||
};
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT:
|
||||
{
|
||||
return *wxWHITE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOBK:
|
||||
case wxSYS_COLOUR_APPWORKSPACE:
|
||||
{
|
||||
return *wxWHITE; // ?
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
return *wxWHITE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont *g_systemFont = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont wxSystemSettings::GetSystemFont( int index )
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (index)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case wxSYS_OEM_FIXED_FONT:
|
||||
case wxSYS_ANSI_FIXED_FONT:
|
||||
case wxSYS_SYSTEM_FIXED_FONT:
|
||||
{
|
||||
return *wxNORMAL_FONT;
|
||||
};
|
||||
case wxSYS_ANSI_VAR_FONT:
|
||||
case wxSYS_SYSTEM_FONT:
|
||||
case wxSYS_DEVICE_DEFAULT_FONT:
|
||||
case wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT:
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!g_systemFont)
|
||||
g_systemFont = new wxFont( "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*" );
|
||||
return *g_systemFont;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
return wxNullFont;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
int wxSystemSettings::GetSystemMetric( int index )
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (index)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case wxSYS_SCREEN_X:
|
||||
return gdk_screen_width();
|
||||
case wxSYS_SCREEN_Y:
|
||||
return gdk_screen_height();
|
||||
};
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
98
src/gtk1/setup/general/createall
Executable file
98
src/gtk1/setup/general/createall
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
OS=$OSTYPE
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$OS" = x; then
|
||||
echo "please set the environment variable OSTYPE "
|
||||
echo "to a value appropriate for your system."
|
||||
echo "to do so type: setenv OSTYPE `uname` for the csh, tcsh"
|
||||
echo " export OSTYPE=`uname` for other shells"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
TMP_CONT=`ls src`
|
||||
SRC_DIR=src
|
||||
for each in $TMP_CONT; do
|
||||
if test -d src/$each ; then
|
||||
SRC_DIR="$SRC_DIR src/$each"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
TMP_CONT=`ls samples`
|
||||
SAMPLES_DIR=
|
||||
for each in $TMP_CONT; do
|
||||
if test -d samples/$each ; then
|
||||
SAMPLES_DIR="$SAMPLES_DIR samples/$each"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
TMP_CONT=`ls utils`
|
||||
UTILS_DIR=
|
||||
for each in $TMP_CONT; do
|
||||
if test -d utils/$each ; then
|
||||
UTILS_DIR="$UTILS_DIR utils/$each"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
TMP_CONT=`ls user`
|
||||
USER_DIR=
|
||||
for each in $TMP_CONT; do
|
||||
if test -d user/$each ; then
|
||||
USER_DIR="$USER_DIR user/$each"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
ALL_DIR="$SRC_DIR $SAMPLES_DIR $UTILS_DIR $USER_DIR"
|
||||
|
||||
echo Creating for: $OS
|
||||
|
||||
# create defaults
|
||||
if test ! -d src/gtk/setup/$OS; then
|
||||
mkdir src/gtk/setup/$OS
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
SUBSTFILE=src/gtk/setup/$OS/substit
|
||||
|
||||
# the substit file first
|
||||
if test -f src/gtk/setup/substit ; then
|
||||
cat src/gtk/setup/substit | sed "s/*/@/g" > $SUBSTFILE;
|
||||
rm -f src/gtk/setup/substit
|
||||
fi
|
||||
# now the template file
|
||||
cat src/gtk/setup/maketmpl.in | sed -f $SUBSTFILE > src/gtk/setup/$OS/maketmpl
|
||||
|
||||
# now the config header file
|
||||
#if test -f setup/wx_setup.h ; then
|
||||
# cat setup/wx_setup.h > setup/$OS/wx_setup.h;
|
||||
# rm -f setup/wx_setup.h
|
||||
#fi
|
||||
|
||||
# create lib and bin directory
|
||||
if test ! -d lib; then
|
||||
mkdir lib
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test ! -d lib/$OS; then
|
||||
mkdir lib/$OS
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test ! -d bin; then
|
||||
mkdir bin
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test ! -d bin/$OS; then
|
||||
mkdir bin/$OS
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# create makefiles
|
||||
for each in $ALL_DIR; do
|
||||
DIR=$each/$OS
|
||||
# create Makefile in directory
|
||||
if test -r $each/Makefile.in ; then
|
||||
# create directory
|
||||
if test ! -d $DIR; then
|
||||
echo "Creating Directory: $DIR..."
|
||||
mkdir $DIR
|
||||
fi
|
||||
echo "Creating: $DIR/Makefile..."
|
||||
cat $each/Makefile.in | sed -f $SUBSTFILE > $DIR/Makefile
|
||||
(cd $DIR; make subdirs > /dev/null;)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
67
src/gtk1/setup/general/jointar
Executable file
67
src/gtk1/setup/general/jointar
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Written by Martin Sperl
|
||||
# (sperl@dsn.ast.univie.ac.at)
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if test $# -lt 3 ; then
|
||||
cat <<EOF
|
||||
Usage: `basename $0` <basedir> <SOURCE-FILES> <DESTINATION-FILS>
|
||||
copies all files from the source-tar-files to the common
|
||||
destination-tar-file with basedir as a common base directory.
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
BaseDir="$1"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
|
||||
Sourcefiles="$1"
|
||||
|
||||
while test "$#" != 2 ; do
|
||||
shift
|
||||
Sourcefiles="$Sourcefiles $1"
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
shift
|
||||
Final=$1
|
||||
|
||||
Destination=/tmp/join$$.tar
|
||||
|
||||
touch $Destination
|
||||
|
||||
curdir=`pwd`
|
||||
|
||||
mkdir tmp$$
|
||||
mkdir tmp$$/$BaseDir
|
||||
|
||||
#uncompress all files
|
||||
cd tmp$$/$BaseDir
|
||||
for each in $Sourcefiles ; do
|
||||
( \
|
||||
if test `basename $each gz` != `basename $each` ; then \
|
||||
gzip -dc ../../$each;\
|
||||
else \
|
||||
cat ../../$each;\
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
) | tar xf -
|
||||
done
|
||||
cd ..
|
||||
#now tar everything
|
||||
tar -cf $Destination *
|
||||
|
||||
cd ..
|
||||
|
||||
rm -fr tmp$$
|
||||
|
||||
# goto old directory
|
||||
cd $curdir
|
||||
|
||||
if test `basename $Final gz` != `basename $Final` ; then
|
||||
gzip -c $Destination > $Final
|
||||
else
|
||||
cat $Destination > $Final
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
rm -f $Destination
|
73
src/gtk1/setup/general/makeapp
Normal file
73
src/gtk1/setup/general/makeapp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
SHELL=/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
OS=$(OSTYPE)
|
||||
|
||||
all::
|
||||
-@if test "x$(OS)" = x; then \
|
||||
echo "please set the environment variable OSTYPE ";\
|
||||
echo "to a value appropriate for your system.";\
|
||||
echo "to do so type: setenv OSTYPE `uname` for the csh, tcsh";\
|
||||
echo " export OSTYPE=`uname` for other shells";\
|
||||
else \
|
||||
if test -f Makefile.in ; then \
|
||||
if test -f $(OS)/Makefile ; then \
|
||||
NEEDED=`(cd $(OS); ${MAKE} checkneeds;) | grep "needed to compile" `;\
|
||||
if test "x$$NEEDED" = x; then \
|
||||
(cd $(OS); ${MAKE} $@); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
(cd $(OS); ${MAKE} checkneeds); \
|
||||
fi ; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
echo "Did you configure your system?";\
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
fi;
|
||||
|
||||
distrib::
|
||||
@if test ! -d ../../distrib ; then mkdir ../../distrib; fi;
|
||||
@if test ! -f ../../system.list ; then \
|
||||
echo "dummy" > ../../system.list;\
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@(curr=`pwd`; direc=`basename $$curr`;\
|
||||
basedir=`dirname $$curr`;\
|
||||
basedirname=`basename $$basedir`;\
|
||||
if test ! -d ../../distrib/$$basedirname ; then \
|
||||
mkdir ../../distrib/$$basedirname;\
|
||||
fi;\
|
||||
if test -d doc; then (cd doc; make clean;); fi;\
|
||||
(cd ..; \
|
||||
echo creating $$direc.tar from the current directory;\
|
||||
files="`\
|
||||
find $$direc -type f \
|
||||
| fgrep -vf ../system.list \
|
||||
| grep -v "~" \
|
||||
| grep -v "#" \
|
||||
` $(DISTRIBUTE_ADDITIONAL)";\
|
||||
tar -cf /tmp/$$direc.tar $$files;\
|
||||
echo compressing $$direc.tar to $$direc.tgz;\
|
||||
gzip -c /tmp/$$direc.tar > ../distrib/$$basedirname/$$direc.tgz;\
|
||||
rm /tmp/$$direc.tar;\
|
||||
)\
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
.DEFAULT:
|
||||
-@if test "x$(OS)" = x; then \
|
||||
echo "please set the environment variable OSTYPE ";\
|
||||
echo "to a value appropriate for your system.";\
|
||||
echo "to do so type: setenv OSTYPE `uname` for the csh, tcsh";\
|
||||
echo " export OSTYPE=`uname` for other shells";\
|
||||
else \
|
||||
if test -f Makefile.in ; then \
|
||||
if test -f $(OS)/Makefile ; then \
|
||||
NEEDED=`(cd $(OS); ${MAKE} checkneeds) | grep "needed to compile" `;\
|
||||
if test "x$$NEEDED" = x; then \
|
||||
(cd $(OS); ${MAKE} $@); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
(cd $(OS); ${MAKE} checkneeds); \
|
||||
fi ; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
echo "Did you configure your system?";\
|
||||
fi \
|
||||
fi \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
19
src/gtk1/setup/general/makedirs
Normal file
19
src/gtk1/setup/general/makedirs
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
SHELL=/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
DIRS=`find . -print | sed "s|\./||g" | grep -v "/" | grep -v "\." `
|
||||
|
||||
all:
|
||||
@for i in $(DIRS) xxx; do \
|
||||
if test -r $$i/Makefile ; then \
|
||||
echo "entering directory $$i building $@";\
|
||||
(cd $$i ; ${MAKE} $@); \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
.DEFAULT:
|
||||
@for i in $(DIRS) xxx; do \
|
||||
if test -r $$i/Makefile ; then \
|
||||
echo "entering directory $$i building $@";\
|
||||
(cd $$i ; ${MAKE} $@); \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done
|
102
src/gtk1/setup/general/makedoc
Normal file
102
src/gtk1/setup/general/makedoc
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
|
||||
SHELL=/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_BASE=$(TEX_BASE:.tex=)
|
||||
|
||||
BMP_FILES=$(XPM_FILES:.xpm=.bmp)
|
||||
EPS_FILES=$(XPM_FILES:.xpm=.eps)
|
||||
GIF_FILES=$(XPM_FILES:.xpm=.gif)
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_BUTTONS=back.gif forward.gif contents.gif up.gif
|
||||
|
||||
all:: doc
|
||||
|
||||
clean::
|
||||
@ for each in $(DIRS) . ; do \
|
||||
( cd $$each; \
|
||||
rm -f *.bmp *.eps *.gif *.aux *.dvi *.log \
|
||||
*.ps *.toc *~ *.idx *.hlp *.html \
|
||||
*.rtf *.ref *.xlp *.con *.win *.fts \
|
||||
*.hpj *.HLP; \
|
||||
); done
|
||||
|
||||
doc:: doc_ps doc_html doc_xlp doc_winhelp doc_rtf
|
||||
|
||||
#############################################
|
||||
|
||||
doc_ps:: $(FILE_BASE).ps
|
||||
|
||||
$(FILE_BASE).ps: $(FILE_BASE).dvi
|
||||
dvips $(FILE_BASE).dvi -o$@
|
||||
|
||||
#############################################
|
||||
|
||||
doc_dvi:: $(FILE_BASE).dvi
|
||||
|
||||
$(FILE_BASE).dvi: $(FILE_BASE).tex $(TEX_ADDITIONAL) $(EPS_FILES)
|
||||
latex $(FILE_BASE).tex
|
||||
latex $(FILE_BASE).tex
|
||||
|
||||
#############################################
|
||||
|
||||
doc_xlp:: $(FILE_BASE).xlp
|
||||
|
||||
$(FILE_BASE).xlp: $(FILE_BASE).tex $(TEX_ADDITIONAL)
|
||||
../../../bin/$(OSTYPE)/tex2rtf $(FILE_BASE).tex $(FILE_BASE).xlp -twice -xlp
|
||||
|
||||
#############################################
|
||||
|
||||
doc_html:: $(FILE_BASE)_contents.html $(FILE_BASE).html
|
||||
|
||||
$(FILE_BASE).html:
|
||||
@ln -s $(FILE_BASE)_contents.html $@
|
||||
|
||||
$(FILE_BASE)_contents.html: $(FILE_BASE).tex $(TEX_ADDITIONAL) $(GIF_FILES) $(HTML_BUTTONS)
|
||||
../../../bin/$(OSTYPE)/tex2rtf $(FILE_BASE).tex $(FILE_BASE) -twice -html
|
||||
|
||||
#############################################
|
||||
|
||||
doc_rtf:: $(FILE_BASE).rtf
|
||||
|
||||
$(FILE_BASE).rtf: $(FILE_BASE).tex $(TEX_ADDITIONAL) $(BMP_FILES)
|
||||
../../../bin/$(OSTYPE)/tex2rtf $(FILE_BASE).tex $(FILE_BASE).rtf -twice -rtf
|
||||
|
||||
#############################################
|
||||
|
||||
doc_winhelp:: $(FILE_BASE).win
|
||||
|
||||
$(FILE_BASE).win: $(FILE_BASE).tex $(TEX_ADDITIONAL) $(BMP_FILES)
|
||||
../../../bin/$(OSTYPE)/tex2rtf $(FILE_BASE).tex $(FILE_BASE).win -twice -winhelp
|
||||
@echo final conversion still needs to be done by MSWin
|
||||
|
||||
#############################################
|
||||
|
||||
subst::
|
||||
@if test "x$(OLD)" = x; then \
|
||||
echo "OLD not defined!"; exit -1; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@if test "x$(NEW)" = x; then \
|
||||
echo "NEW not defined!"; exit -1; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@for each in $(TEX_BASE) $(TEX_ADITIONAL) ; do \
|
||||
cat $$each | sed "s/$(OLD)/$(NEW)/g" > /tmp/subst; \
|
||||
rm $$each; cp /tmp/subst $$each; rm /tmp/subst; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
#############################################
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .eps .xpm
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .bmp .xpm
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .gif .xpm
|
||||
|
||||
.xpm.eps :
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $@
|
||||
xpmtoppm $< | ppmtogif | giftopnm | pnmtops -rle -center -noturn -scale 0.5 - > $@
|
||||
|
||||
.xpm.bmp :
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $@
|
||||
xpmtoppm $< | ppmtobmp -windows - > $@
|
||||
|
||||
.xpm.gif :
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $@
|
||||
xpmtoppm $< | ppmtogif -interlace - > $@
|
3
src/gtk1/setup/general/mygrep
Executable file
3
src/gtk1/setup/general/mygrep
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
grep $@
|
||||
exit 0
|
10
src/gtk1/setup/general/needed
Executable file
10
src/gtk1/setup/general/needed
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
for each in $@ ; do
|
||||
LINE=`grep " $each " ../$OSTYPE/wx_setup.h | grep "#define" | grep 1`
|
||||
if test "x$LINE" = x ; then
|
||||
echo "$each needed to compile";
|
||||
exit 1;
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
123
src/gtk1/setup/linux/maketmpl
Normal file
123
src/gtk1/setup/linux/maketmpl
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
|
||||
# Makefile for Autoconf.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
|
||||
# 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Start of system configuration section. ####
|
||||
|
||||
GLOBAL_LIB_DIR = $(WXBASEDIR)/lib/$(OS)
|
||||
GLOBAL_BIN_DIR = $(WXBASEDIR)/bin/$(OS)
|
||||
|
||||
# define toolkit to use
|
||||
TOOLKIT_DEF = -D__GTK__
|
||||
|
||||
# general compiler stuff
|
||||
OPTIMISE = -O2
|
||||
PROFILE =
|
||||
DEBUG =
|
||||
|
||||
# c-compiler stuff
|
||||
CC = gcc
|
||||
CFLAGS = -Wall $(OPTIMISE) $(PROFILE) $(DEBUG)
|
||||
CPP = gcc -E
|
||||
|
||||
# c++-compiler stuff
|
||||
CXX = c++
|
||||
CXXFLAGS = -Wall $(OPTIMISE) $(PROFILE) $(DEBUG)
|
||||
CXXCPP = c++ -E
|
||||
|
||||
# shared compile stuff
|
||||
PICFLAGS = -fPIC
|
||||
CREATE_SHARED = sharedLinux
|
||||
|
||||
# other stuff
|
||||
RM = rm -f
|
||||
LEX = flex
|
||||
LEXLIB = -lfl
|
||||
YACC = bison -y
|
||||
RANLIB = ranlib
|
||||
INSTALL = /usr/bin/install -c
|
||||
INSTALL_PROGRAM = ${INSTALL}
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL} -m 644
|
||||
AWK = mawk
|
||||
LN_S = ln -s
|
||||
CJPEG_PROG =
|
||||
CONVERT_PATH = /usr/bin/X11
|
||||
CONVERT_PROG = /usr/bin/X11/convert
|
||||
DJPEG_PROG =
|
||||
GIFTOPNM_PROG =
|
||||
NETPBM_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
prefix = /usr/local
|
||||
exec_prefix = ${prefix}
|
||||
|
||||
# Directory in which to install scripts.
|
||||
#bindir = ${exec_prefix}/bin
|
||||
|
||||
# Directory in which to install library files.
|
||||
datadir = ${prefix}/share
|
||||
acdatadir = $(datadir)/autoconf
|
||||
|
||||
# Directory in which to install documentation info files.
|
||||
infodir = ${prefix}/info
|
||||
|
||||
X_CFLAGS = -I/usr/X11R6/include
|
||||
X_LIBS = -L/usr/X11R6/lib
|
||||
X_EXTRA_LIBS =
|
||||
X_PRE_LIBS = -lSM -lICE
|
||||
|
||||
GUI_TK_INCLUDE = -I/usr/local/lib/glib/include -I/usr/local/include -I/usr/X11R6/include
|
||||
GUI_TK_LIBRARY = -L/usr/local/lib -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lgtk -lgdk -lglib -lXext -lX11 -lm
|
||||
GUI_TK_LINK =
|
||||
|
||||
OPENGL_INCLUDE =
|
||||
OPENGL_LIBRARY =
|
||||
OPENGL_LINK =
|
||||
|
||||
THREADS_LINK =
|
||||
|
||||
# INCLUDES
|
||||
WX_INCLUDES = \
|
||||
$(TOOLKIT_DEF) \
|
||||
-I. \
|
||||
-I.. \
|
||||
-I$(WXBASEDIR)/include \
|
||||
-I$(WXBASEDIR)/src/png \
|
||||
-I$(WXBASEDIR)/src/zlib \
|
||||
-I$(WXBASEDIR)/src/gdk_imlib \
|
||||
$(GUI_TK_INCLUDE) \
|
||||
$(OPENGL_INCLUDE) \
|
||||
$(X_CFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
WX_LIBS = -L$(GLOBAL_LIB_DIR) -lwx_gtk
|
||||
|
||||
OPENGL_LIBS = $(OPENGL_LIBRARY) $(OPENGL_LINK)
|
||||
|
||||
GUI_TK_LIBS = $(GUI_TK_LIBRARY) $(GUI_TK_LINK)
|
||||
|
||||
LINK = $(CXX) -o $@
|
||||
LINK_LIBS= \
|
||||
$(WX_LIBS) \
|
||||
$(GUI_TK_LIBS) \
|
||||
$(X_EXTRA_LIBS) \
|
||||
$(X_PRE_LIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
# $(X_LIBS) -lX11 -lXext -lm gtk-config does this for me
|
||||
|
||||
# Don't include $(OPENGL_LIBS) or $(THREADS_LINK) in LINK_LIBS; they
|
||||
# can be conveniently added to BIN_LINK in Makefile.in.
|
||||
|
||||
#### End of system configuration section. ####
|
70
src/gtk1/setup/linux/substit
Normal file
70
src/gtk1/setup/linux/substit
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
||||
s|@OS@|linux|g
|
||||
s|@WXBASEDIR@|/home/karl/cvs/wxGTK|g
|
||||
s|@PROFILE@||g
|
||||
s|@DEBUG@||g
|
||||
s|@OPTIMISE@|-O2 |g
|
||||
s|@CC@|gcc|g
|
||||
s|@CFLAGS@| -Wall|g
|
||||
s|@CPP@|gcc -E|g
|
||||
s|@CXX@|c++|g
|
||||
s|@CXXFLAGS@| -Wall|g
|
||||
s|@CXXCPP@|c++ -E|g
|
||||
s|@PICFLAGS@|-fPIC|g
|
||||
s|@CREATE_SHARED@|sharedLinux|g
|
||||
s|@LEX@|flex|g
|
||||
s|@LEXLIB@|-lfl|g
|
||||
s|@YACC@|bison -y|g
|
||||
s|@RANLIB@|ranlib|g
|
||||
s|@INSTALL@|/usr/bin/install -c|g
|
||||
s|@INSTALL_PROGRAM@|${INSTALL}|g
|
||||
s|@INSTALL_DATA@|${INSTALL} -m 644|g
|
||||
s|@AWK@|mawk|g
|
||||
s|@LN_S@|ln -s|g
|
||||
s|@prefix@|/usr/local|g
|
||||
s|@exec_prefix@|${prefix}|g
|
||||
s|@bindir@|${exec_prefix}/bin|g
|
||||
s|@datadir@|${prefix}/share|g
|
||||
s|@infodir@|${prefix}/info|g
|
||||
s|@X_CFLAGS@| -I/usr/X11R6/include|g
|
||||
s|@X_LIBS@| -L/usr/X11R6/lib|g
|
||||
s|@X_EXTRA_LIBS@||g
|
||||
s|@X_PRE_LIBS@| -lSM -lICE|g
|
||||
s|@GUI_TK_INCLUDE@|-I/usr/local/lib/glib/include -I/usr/local/include -I/usr/X11R6/include|g
|
||||
s|@GUI_TK_LIBRARY@|-L/usr/local/lib -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lgtk -lgdk -lglib -lXext -lX11 -lm|g
|
||||
s|@GUI_TK_LINK@||g
|
||||
s|@OPENGL_INCLUDE@||g
|
||||
s|@OPENGL_LIBRARY@||g
|
||||
s|@OPENGL_LINK@||g
|
||||
s|@TOOLKIT@|GTK|g
|
||||
s|@TOOLKIT_DEF@|__GTK__|g
|
||||
s|@THREADS@|NONE|g
|
||||
s|@THREADS_LINK@||g
|
||||
s|@WXSTRING@|@WXSTRING@|g
|
||||
s|@TYPETREE@|NONE|g
|
||||
s|@METAFILE@|NONE|g
|
||||
s|@POSTSCRIPTDC@|POSTSCRIPTDC|g
|
||||
s|@WXGRAPH@|NONE|g
|
||||
s|@WXTREE@|NONE|g
|
||||
s|@DOCVIEW@|DOCVIEW|g
|
||||
s|@FORM@|NONE|g
|
||||
s|@PRINTPREVIEW@|PRINTPREVIEW|g
|
||||
s|@IPC@|IPC|g
|
||||
s|@HELP@|NONE|g
|
||||
s|@CLIPBOARD@|NONE|g
|
||||
s|@TIMEDATE@|TIMEDATE|g
|
||||
s|@FRACTION@|FRACTION|g
|
||||
s|@PROLOGIO@|NONE|g
|
||||
s|@PROLOGIOSRC@|NONE|g
|
||||
s|@ENHDIALOGBOX@|NONE|g
|
||||
s|@GAUGE@|GAUGE|g
|
||||
s|@GLCANVAS@|NONE|g
|
||||
s|@LAYOUT@|@LAYOUT@|g
|
||||
s|@WXRESOURCES@|WXRESOURCES|g
|
||||
s|@XRESOURCES@|XRESOURCES|g
|
||||
s|@SCROLLBAR@|SCROLLBAR|g
|
||||
s|@STATICITEMS@|@STATICITEMS@|g
|
||||
s|@TOOLBAR@|TOOLBAR|g
|
||||
s|@CONSTRAINTS@|CONSTRAINTS|g
|
||||
s|@RPC@|NONE|g
|
||||
s|@VIRLISTBOX@|NONE|g
|
||||
|
123
src/gtk1/setup/maketmpl.in
Normal file
123
src/gtk1/setup/maketmpl.in
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
|
||||
# Makefile for Autoconf.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
|
||||
# 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Start of system configuration section. ####
|
||||
|
||||
GLOBAL_LIB_DIR = $(WXBASEDIR)/lib/$(OS)
|
||||
GLOBAL_BIN_DIR = $(WXBASEDIR)/bin/$(OS)
|
||||
|
||||
# define toolkit to use
|
||||
TOOLKIT_DEF = -D@TOOLKIT_DEF@
|
||||
|
||||
# general compiler stuff
|
||||
OPTIMISE = @OPTIMISE@
|
||||
PROFILE = @PROFILE@
|
||||
DEBUG = @DEBUG@
|
||||
|
||||
# c-compiler stuff
|
||||
CC = @CC@
|
||||
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ $(OPTIMISE) $(PROFILE) $(DEBUG)
|
||||
CPP = @CPP@
|
||||
|
||||
# c++-compiler stuff
|
||||
CXX = @CXX@
|
||||
CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ $(OPTIMISE) $(PROFILE) $(DEBUG)
|
||||
CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
|
||||
|
||||
# shared compile stuff
|
||||
PICFLAGS = @PICFLAGS@
|
||||
CREATE_SHARED = @CREATE_SHARED@
|
||||
|
||||
# other stuff
|
||||
RM = rm -f
|
||||
LEX = @LEX@
|
||||
LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@
|
||||
YACC = @YACC@
|
||||
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
|
||||
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
|
||||
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
|
||||
AWK = @AWK@
|
||||
LN_S = @LN_S@
|
||||
CJPEG_PROG =
|
||||
CONVERT_PATH = /usr/bin/X11
|
||||
CONVERT_PROG = /usr/bin/X11/convert
|
||||
DJPEG_PROG =
|
||||
GIFTOPNM_PROG =
|
||||
NETPBM_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
prefix = @prefix@
|
||||
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
|
||||
|
||||
# Directory in which to install scripts.
|
||||
#bindir = @bindir@
|
||||
|
||||
# Directory in which to install library files.
|
||||
datadir = @datadir@
|
||||
acdatadir = $(datadir)/autoconf
|
||||
|
||||
# Directory in which to install documentation info files.
|
||||
infodir = @infodir@
|
||||
|
||||
X_CFLAGS = @X_CFLAGS@
|
||||
X_LIBS = @X_LIBS@
|
||||
X_EXTRA_LIBS = @X_EXTRA_LIBS@
|
||||
X_PRE_LIBS = @X_PRE_LIBS@
|
||||
|
||||
GUI_TK_INCLUDE = @GUI_TK_INCLUDE@
|
||||
GUI_TK_LIBRARY = @GUI_TK_LIBRARY@
|
||||
GUI_TK_LINK = @GUI_TK_LINK@
|
||||
|
||||
OPENGL_INCLUDE = @OPENGL_INCLUDE@
|
||||
OPENGL_LIBRARY = @OPENGL_LIBRARY@
|
||||
OPENGL_LINK = @OPENGL_LINK@
|
||||
|
||||
THREADS_LINK = @THREADS_LINK@
|
||||
|
||||
# INCLUDES
|
||||
WX_INCLUDES = \
|
||||
$(TOOLKIT_DEF) \
|
||||
-I. \
|
||||
-I.. \
|
||||
-I$(WXBASEDIR)/include \
|
||||
-I$(WXBASEDIR)/src/png \
|
||||
-I$(WXBASEDIR)/src/zlib \
|
||||
-I$(WXBASEDIR)/src/gdk_imlib \
|
||||
$(GUI_TK_INCLUDE) \
|
||||
$(OPENGL_INCLUDE) \
|
||||
$(X_CFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
WX_LIBS = -L$(GLOBAL_LIB_DIR) -lwx_gtk
|
||||
|
||||
OPENGL_LIBS = $(OPENGL_LIBRARY) $(OPENGL_LINK)
|
||||
|
||||
GUI_TK_LIBS = $(GUI_TK_LIBRARY) $(GUI_TK_LINK)
|
||||
|
||||
LINK = $(CXX) -o $@
|
||||
LINK_LIBS= \
|
||||
$(WX_LIBS) \
|
||||
$(GUI_TK_LIBS) \
|
||||
$(X_EXTRA_LIBS) \
|
||||
$(X_PRE_LIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
# $(X_LIBS) -lX11 -lXext -lm gtk-config does this for me
|
||||
|
||||
# Don't include $(OPENGL_LIBS) or $(THREADS_LINK) in LINK_LIBS; they
|
||||
# can be conveniently added to BIN_LINK in Makefile.in.
|
||||
|
||||
#### End of system configuration section. ####
|
13
src/gtk1/setup/rules/bin
Normal file
13
src/gtk1/setup/rules/bin
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
# all that is to do
|
||||
all:: checkneeds binary
|
||||
clean:: clean_binary clean_obj
|
||||
|
||||
# now include definite rules
|
||||
BIN_BASE_DIR=.
|
||||
|
||||
# include rules to create library
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/bin1
|
||||
# include rules to create objects
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/obj
|
||||
# include rule to check for defines needed
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/needed
|
14
src/gtk1/setup/rules/bin2
Normal file
14
src/gtk1/setup/rules/bin2
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
# all that is to do
|
||||
all:: checkneeds binary
|
||||
clean:: clean_binary clean_obj
|
||||
|
||||
# now include definite rules
|
||||
BIN_BASE_DIR=.
|
||||
|
||||
# include rules to create library
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/bin2
|
||||
# include rules to create objects
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/obj
|
||||
# include rule to check for defines needed
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/needed
|
||||
|
90
src/gtk1/setup/rules/doc
Normal file
90
src/gtk1/setup/rules/doc
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
|
||||
SHELL=/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_BASE=$(TEX_BASE:.tex=)
|
||||
|
||||
BMP_FILES=$(XPM_FILES:.xpm=.bmp)
|
||||
EPS_FILES=$(XPM_FILES:.xpm=.eps)
|
||||
GIF_FILES=$(XPM_FILES:.xpm=.gif)
|
||||
|
||||
TEX2RTF=$(WXBASEDIR)/bin/$(OSTYPE)/tex2rtf
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_BUTTONS=back.gif forward.gif contents.gif up.gif
|
||||
|
||||
all:: doc
|
||||
|
||||
clean::
|
||||
@ for each in $(DIRS) . ; do \
|
||||
( cd $$each; \
|
||||
rm -f *.bmp *.eps *.gif *.aux *.dvi *.log \
|
||||
*.ps *.toc *~ *.idx *.hlp *.html \
|
||||
*.rtf *.ref *.xlp *.con *.win *.fts \
|
||||
*.hpj *.HLP; \
|
||||
); done
|
||||
|
||||
doc:: doc_ps doc_html doc_xlp doc_winhelp doc_rtf
|
||||
|
||||
#############################################
|
||||
|
||||
doc_ps:: $(FILE_BASE).ps
|
||||
|
||||
$(FILE_BASE).ps: $(FILE_BASE).dvi
|
||||
dvips $(FILE_BASE).dvi -o$@
|
||||
|
||||
#############################################
|
||||
|
||||
doc_dvi:: $(FILE_BASE).dvi
|
||||
|
||||
$(FILE_BASE).dvi: $(FILE_BASE).tex $(TEX_ADDITIONAL) $(EPS_FILES)
|
||||
latex $(FILE_BASE).tex
|
||||
latex $(FILE_BASE).tex
|
||||
|
||||
#############################################
|
||||
|
||||
doc_xlp:: $(FILE_BASE).xlp
|
||||
|
||||
$(FILE_BASE).xlp: $(FILE_BASE).tex $(TEX_ADDITIONAL)
|
||||
$(TEX2RTF) $(FILE_BASE).tex $(FILE_BASE).xlp -twice -xlp
|
||||
|
||||
#############################################
|
||||
|
||||
doc_html:: $(FILE_BASE)_contents.html $(FILE_BASE).html
|
||||
|
||||
$(FILE_BASE).html:
|
||||
@ln -s $(FILE_BASE)_contents.html $@
|
||||
|
||||
$(FILE_BASE)_contents.html: $(FILE_BASE).tex $(TEX_ADDITIONAL) $(GIF_FILES) $(HTML_BUTTONS)
|
||||
$(TEX2RTF) $(FILE_BASE).tex $(FILE_BASE) -twice -html
|
||||
|
||||
#############################################
|
||||
|
||||
doc_rtf:: $(FILE_BASE).rtf
|
||||
|
||||
$(FILE_BASE).rtf: $(FILE_BASE).tex $(TEX_ADDITIONAL) $(BMP_FILES)
|
||||
$(TEX2RTF) $(FILE_BASE).tex $(FILE_BASE).rtf -twice -rtf
|
||||
|
||||
#############################################
|
||||
|
||||
doc_winhelp:: $(FILE_BASE).win
|
||||
|
||||
$(FILE_BASE).win: $(FILE_BASE).tex $(TEX_ADDITIONAL) $(BMP_FILES)
|
||||
../../../bin/$(OSTYPE)/tex2rtf $(FILE_BASE).tex $(FILE_BASE).win -twice -winhelp
|
||||
@echo final conversion still needs to be done by MSWin
|
||||
|
||||
#############################################
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .eps .xpm
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .bmp .xpm
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .gif .xpm
|
||||
|
||||
.xpm.eps :
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $@
|
||||
xpmtoppm $< | ppmtogif | giftopnm | pnmtops -rle -center -noturn -scale 0.5 - > $@
|
||||
|
||||
.xpm.bmp :
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $@
|
||||
xpmtoppm $< | ppmtobmp -windows - > $@
|
||||
|
||||
.xpm.gif :
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $@
|
||||
xpmtoppm $< | ppmtogif -interlace - > $@
|
14
src/gtk1/setup/rules/gbin
Normal file
14
src/gtk1/setup/rules/gbin
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
# all that is to do
|
||||
all:: checkneeds binary
|
||||
clean:: clean_binary clean_obj
|
||||
|
||||
# now include definite rules
|
||||
BIN_BASE_DIR=$(GLOBAL_BIN_DIR)
|
||||
|
||||
# include rules to create library
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/bin1
|
||||
# include rules to create objects
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/obj
|
||||
# include rule to check for defines needed
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/needed
|
||||
|
14
src/gtk1/setup/rules/gbin2
Normal file
14
src/gtk1/setup/rules/gbin2
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
# all that is to do
|
||||
all:: checkneeds binary
|
||||
clean:: clean_binary clean_obj
|
||||
|
||||
# now include definite rules
|
||||
BIN_BASE_DIR=$(GLOBAL_BIN_DIR)
|
||||
|
||||
# include rules to create library
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/bin2
|
||||
# include rules to create objects
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/mkobj
|
||||
# include rule to check for defines needed
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/needed
|
||||
|
8
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/bin1
Normal file
8
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/bin1
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
||||
binary:: binary1
|
||||
|
||||
depend_binary:: depend_binary1
|
||||
|
||||
clean_binary:: clean_binary1
|
||||
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/bin1gen
|
||||
|
16
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/bin1gen
Normal file
16
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/bin1gen
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
# create binary
|
||||
|
||||
binary1:: $(BIN_BASE_DIR)/$(BIN_TARGET)
|
||||
|
||||
$(BIN_BASE_DIR)/$(BIN_TARGET): $(BIN_OBJ)
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $@
|
||||
$(LINK) $(BIN_OBJ) -L. $(BIN_LINK) $(LINK_LIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
# defining dependencies
|
||||
|
||||
depend_binary1::
|
||||
|
||||
# cleaning all files
|
||||
|
||||
clean_binary1::
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $(BIN_BASE_DIR)/$(BIN_TARGET)
|
9
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/bin2
Normal file
9
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/bin2
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
binary:: binary1 binary2
|
||||
|
||||
depend_binary:: depend_binary1 depend_binary2
|
||||
|
||||
clean_binary:: clean_binary1 clean_binary2
|
||||
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/bin1gen
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/bin2gen
|
||||
|
16
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/bin2gen
Normal file
16
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/bin2gen
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
# create binary
|
||||
|
||||
binary2:: $(BIN_BASE_DIR)/$(BIN2_TARGET)
|
||||
|
||||
$(BIN_BASE_DIR)/$(BIN2_TARGET): $(BIN2_OBJ)
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $@
|
||||
$(LINK) $(BIN2_OBJ) -L. $(BIN2_LINK) $(LINK_LIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
# defining dependencies
|
||||
|
||||
depend_binary2::
|
||||
|
||||
# cleaning all files
|
||||
|
||||
clean_binary2::
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $(BIN_BASE_DIR)/$(BIN2_TARGET)
|
18
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/depend
Normal file
18
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/depend
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
|
||||
depend::
|
||||
@echo "$(CXX) -MM \
|
||||
$(WX_INCLUDES) \
|
||||
$(ADD_COMPILE) \
|
||||
$(LIB_SRC) $(BIN_SRC) $(BIN2_SRC)"
|
||||
@(cd .. ;\
|
||||
$(CXX) -MM \
|
||||
$(WX_INCLUDES) \
|
||||
$(ADD_COMPILE) \
|
||||
$(LIB_SRC) $(BIN_SRC) $(BIN2_SRC)\
|
||||
) > .depend
|
||||
@cp Makefile Makefile.bak
|
||||
@cat Makefile.bak | awk 'BEGIN { found=0;} { if ( $$0 == "# DO NOT DELETE") {found=1} ; { if ( found==0 ) { print $$0; } } }' > Makefile1
|
||||
@echo "# DO NOT DELETE" >> Makefile1
|
||||
@cat .depend >> Makefile1
|
||||
@mv Makefile1 Makefile
|
||||
@rm .depend
|
||||
|
15
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/globals
Normal file
15
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/globals
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
# creates subdirectories for object-files in case they are needed...
|
||||
|
||||
subdirs::
|
||||
@if test "x$(SRC_DIR)" != x ; then \
|
||||
echo -n "Creating necessary subdirs: "; \
|
||||
for each in $(SRC_DIR) xxx; do \
|
||||
if test "x$$each" != xxxx; then \
|
||||
echo -n "$$each "; \
|
||||
if test ! -d $$each ; then \
|
||||
mkdir $$each ; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
echo "";\
|
||||
fi
|
17
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/lib
Normal file
17
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/lib
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
# create library
|
||||
|
||||
library:: $(LIB_BASE_DIR)/lib$(LIB_TARGET).a
|
||||
|
||||
$(LIB_BASE_DIR)/lib$(LIB_TARGET).a: $(LIB_OBJ)
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $@
|
||||
$(AR) rv $@ $(LIB_OBJ)
|
||||
|
||||
# defining dependencies
|
||||
|
||||
depend_library::
|
||||
|
||||
# cleaning all files
|
||||
|
||||
clean_library::
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $(LIB_BASE_DIR)/lib$(LIB_TARGET).a
|
||||
|
24
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/needed
Normal file
24
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/needed
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||
#SHELL=/bin/sh
|
||||
MYGREP=$(WXBASEDIR)/setup/general/mygrep
|
||||
checkneeds::
|
||||
@if test "x$(NEEDED_DEFINES)" != x ; then \
|
||||
RESULT=0 ; \
|
||||
for each in $(NEEDED_DEFINES) xxx; do \
|
||||
if test "$$each" != xxx ; then \
|
||||
LINE=`cat $(SETUP_DIR)/wx_setup.h \
|
||||
| sed "s/ /,/g" \
|
||||
| $(MYGREP) ",$$each," \
|
||||
| $(MYGREP) "#define" \
|
||||
| $(MYGREP) "1" ` ; \
|
||||
if test "x$$LINE" = x ; then \
|
||||
(TMPVAR=`pwd`;\
|
||||
TMPVAR=`dirname $$TMPVAR`;\
|
||||
echo "$$each needed to compile "`basename $$TMPVAR`"...";\
|
||||
);\
|
||||
RESULT=1 ; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done ;\
|
||||
exit $$RESULT; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
30
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/obj
Normal file
30
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/obj
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .o .c
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .o .cc
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .o .cpp
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
.c.o :
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $@
|
||||
$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS) -I.. $(WX_INCLUDES) $(ADD_COMPILE) $(WX_DEFINES) $<
|
||||
|
||||
.cc.o :
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $@
|
||||
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CXXFLAGS) -I.. $(WX_INCLUDES) $(ADD_COMPILE) $(WX_DEFINES) $<
|
||||
|
||||
.cpp.o :
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $@
|
||||
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CXXFLAGS) -I.. $(WX_INCLUDES) $(ADD_COMPILE) $(WX_DEFINES) $<
|
||||
|
||||
clean_obj::
|
||||
@$(RM) *.o *.osh
|
||||
@if test "x$(SRC_DIR)" != x ; then \
|
||||
for each in $(SRC_DIR) xxx; do \
|
||||
if test -d $$each ; then \
|
||||
$(RM) $$each/*.o $$each/*.osh ; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
fi;
|
||||
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/depend
|
21
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/slib
Normal file
21
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/slib
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
# create library
|
||||
|
||||
library:: $(LIB_BASE_DIR)/lib$(LIB_TARGET).a
|
||||
|
||||
$(LIB_BASE_DIR)/lib$(LIB_TARGET).a: $(LIB_OBJ)
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $@ $(LIB_BASE_DIR)/lib$(LIB_TARGET).so $(LIB_BASE_DIR)/lib$(LIB_TARGET).so.*
|
||||
@if test "x$(CREATE_SHARED)" != x; then\
|
||||
echo "$(SHARE_DIR)/$(CREATE_SHARED) $(CC) $(LIB_BASE_DIR)/lib$(LIB_TARGET).so $(LIB_MAJOR) $(LIB_MINOR) $(LIB_OBJ)"; \
|
||||
$(SHARE_DIR)/$(CREATE_SHARED) $(CC) $(LIB_BASE_DIR)/lib$(LIB_TARGET).so $(LIB_MAJOR) $(LIB_MINOR) $(LIB_OBJ); \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
$(AR) rv $@ $(LIB_OBJ)
|
||||
|
||||
# defining dependencies
|
||||
|
||||
depend_library::
|
||||
|
||||
# cleaning all files
|
||||
|
||||
clean_library::
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $(LIB_BASE_DIR)/lib$(LIB_TARGET).a $(LIB_BASE_DIR)/lib$(LIB_TARGET).so.* $(LIB_BASE_DIR)/lib$(LIB_TARGET).so
|
||||
|
42
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/sobj
Normal file
42
src/gtk1/setup/rules/generic/sobj
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .o .c
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .o .cc
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .o .cpp
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
.c.o :
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $@ $@sh
|
||||
@if test "x$(PICFLAGS)" != x; then \
|
||||
echo "$(CC) -c -o $@sh $(PICFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -I.. $(WX_INCLUDES) $(ADD_COMPILE) $(WX_DEFINES) $<";\
|
||||
$(CC) -c -o $@sh $(PICFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -I.. $(WX_INCLUDES) $(ADD_COMPILE) $(WX_DEFINES) $<;\
|
||||
fi
|
||||
$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS) -I.. $(WX_INCLUDES) $(ADD_COMPILE) $(WX_DEFINES) $<
|
||||
|
||||
.cc.o :
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $@ $@sh
|
||||
@if test "x$(PICFLAGS)" != x; then \
|
||||
echo "$(CXX) -c -o $@sh $(PICFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -I.. $(WX_INCLUDES) $(ADD_COMPILE) $(WX_DEFINES) $<";\
|
||||
$(CXX) -c -o $@sh $(PICFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -I.. $(WX_INCLUDES) $(ADD_COMPILE) $(WX_DEFINES) $<;\
|
||||
fi
|
||||
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CXXFLAGS) -I.. $(WX_INCLUDES) $(ADD_COMPILE) $(WX_DEFINES) $<
|
||||
|
||||
.cpp.o :
|
||||
@$(RM) -f $@ $@sh
|
||||
@if test "x$(PICFLAGS)" != x; then \
|
||||
echo "$(CXX) -c -o $@sh $(PICFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -I.. $(WX_INCLUDES) $(ADD_COMPILE) $(WX_DEFINES) $<";\
|
||||
$(CXX) -c -o $@sh $(PICFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -I.. $(WX_INCLUDES) $(ADD_COMPILE) $(WX_DEFINES) $<;\
|
||||
fi
|
||||
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CXXFLAGS) -I.. $(WX_INCLUDES) $(ADD_COMPILE) $(WX_DEFINES) $<
|
||||
|
||||
clean_obj::
|
||||
@$(RM) *.o *.osh
|
||||
@if test "x$(SRC_DIR)" != x ; then \
|
||||
for each in $(SRC_DIR) xxx; do \
|
||||
if test -d $$each ; then \
|
||||
$(RM) $$each/*.o $$each/*.osh ; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
fi;
|
||||
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/depend
|
15
src/gtk1/setup/rules/glib
Normal file
15
src/gtk1/setup/rules/glib
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
# all that is to do
|
||||
all:: checkneeds library
|
||||
clean:: clean_library clean_obj
|
||||
|
||||
# now include definite rules
|
||||
LIB_BASE_DIR=$(GLOBAL_LIB_DIR)
|
||||
|
||||
# include rules to create library
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/lib
|
||||
# include rules to create objects
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/obj
|
||||
# include rule to check for defines needed
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/needed
|
||||
|
||||
|
17
src/gtk1/setup/rules/glibbin
Normal file
17
src/gtk1/setup/rules/glibbin
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
# all that is to do
|
||||
all:: checkneeds library binary
|
||||
clean:: clean_library clean_obj clean_binary
|
||||
|
||||
# now include definite rules
|
||||
LIB_BASE_DIR=$(GLOBAL_LIB_DIR)
|
||||
BIN_BASE_DIR=.
|
||||
|
||||
# include rules to create library
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/lib
|
||||
# include rules to create binary
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/bin1
|
||||
# include rules to create objects
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/obj
|
||||
# include rule to check for defines needed
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/needed
|
||||
|
18
src/gtk1/setup/rules/glibgbin
Normal file
18
src/gtk1/setup/rules/glibgbin
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
|
||||
# all that is to do
|
||||
all:: checkneeds library binary
|
||||
depend:: depend_library depend_binary
|
||||
clean:: clean_library clean_obj clean_binary
|
||||
|
||||
# now include definite rules
|
||||
LIB_BASE_DIR=$(GLOBAL_LIB_DIR)
|
||||
BIN_BASE_DIR=$(GLOBAL_BIN_DIR)
|
||||
|
||||
# include rules to create library
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/lib
|
||||
# include rules to create binary
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/mkbin1
|
||||
# include rules to create objects
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/obj
|
||||
# include rule to check for defines needed
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/needed
|
||||
|
15
src/gtk1/setup/rules/gslib
Normal file
15
src/gtk1/setup/rules/gslib
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
# all that is to do
|
||||
all:: checkneeds library
|
||||
clean:: clean_library clean_obj
|
||||
|
||||
# now include definite rules
|
||||
LIB_BASE_DIR=$(GLOBAL_LIB_DIR)
|
||||
|
||||
# include rules to create shared library
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/slib
|
||||
# include rules to create shared objects
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/sobj
|
||||
# include rule to check for defines needed
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/needed
|
||||
|
||||
|
14
src/gtk1/setup/rules/lib
Normal file
14
src/gtk1/setup/rules/lib
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
# all that is to do
|
||||
all:: checkneeds library
|
||||
clean:: clean_library clean_obj
|
||||
|
||||
# now include definite rules
|
||||
LIB_BASE_DIR=.
|
||||
|
||||
# include rules to create library
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/lib
|
||||
# include rules to create objects
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/obj
|
||||
# include rule to check for defines needed
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/needed
|
||||
|
17
src/gtk1/setup/rules/libbin
Normal file
17
src/gtk1/setup/rules/libbin
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
# all that is to do
|
||||
all:: checkneeds library binary
|
||||
clean:: clean_library clean_obj clean_binary
|
||||
|
||||
# now include definite rules
|
||||
LIB_BASE_DIR=.
|
||||
BIN_BASE_DIR=.
|
||||
|
||||
# include rules to create library
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/lib
|
||||
# include rules to create binary
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/bin1
|
||||
# include rules to create objects
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/obj
|
||||
# include rule to check for defines needed
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/needed
|
||||
|
17
src/gtk1/setup/rules/libgbin
Normal file
17
src/gtk1/setup/rules/libgbin
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
# all that is to do
|
||||
all:: checkneeds library binary
|
||||
clean:: clean_library clean_obj clean_binary
|
||||
|
||||
# now include definite rules
|
||||
LIB_BASE_DIR=.
|
||||
BIN_BASE_DIR=$(GLOBAL_BIN_DIR)
|
||||
|
||||
# include rules to create library
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/lib
|
||||
# include rules to create binary
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/mkbin1
|
||||
# include rules to create objects
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/obj
|
||||
# include rule to check for defines needed
|
||||
include $(RULES_GENERIC)/needed
|
||||
|
533
src/gtk1/setup/setup.hin
Normal file
533
src/gtk1/setup/setup.hin
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,533 @@
|
||||
/* wx_setup.h
|
||||
This file is in the public domain.
|
||||
|
||||
Descriptive text for the C preprocessor macros that
|
||||
the distributed Autoconf macros can define.
|
||||
No software package will use all of them; autoheader copies the ones
|
||||
your configure.in uses into your configuration header file templates.
|
||||
|
||||
The entries are in sort -df order: alphabetical, case insensitive,
|
||||
ignoring punctuation (such as underscores). Although this order
|
||||
can split up related entries, it makes it easier to check whether
|
||||
a given entry is in the file.
|
||||
|
||||
Leave the following blank line there!! Autoheader needs it. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __GTKSETUPH__
|
||||
#define __GTKSETUPH__
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma interface
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* define the system to compile */
|
||||
#undef __GTK__
|
||||
#undef __UNIX__
|
||||
#undef __LINUX__
|
||||
#undef __SGI__
|
||||
#undef __HPUX__
|
||||
#undef __SYSV__
|
||||
#undef __SVR4__
|
||||
#undef __AIX__
|
||||
#undef __SUN__
|
||||
#undef __SOLARIS__
|
||||
#undef __SUNOS__
|
||||
#undef __ALPHA__
|
||||
#undef __OSF__
|
||||
#undef __BSD__
|
||||
#undef __FREEBSD__
|
||||
#undef __VMS__
|
||||
#undef __ULTRIX__
|
||||
#undef __DATA_GENERAL__
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use zlib
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_ZLIB
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use gdk_imlib
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_GDK_IMLIB
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use libpng
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_LIBPNG
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use Threads
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_THREADS
|
||||
#undef USE_THREADS_POSIX
|
||||
#undef USE_THREADS_SGI
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use storable classes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_STORABLE_CLASSES
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use automatic translation via gettext() in wxTString
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_AUTOTRANS
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use font metric files in GetTextExtent for wxPostScriptDC
|
||||
* Use consistent PostScript fonts for AFM and printing (!)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT
|
||||
#undef WX_NORMALIZED_PS_FONTS
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use clipboard
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_CLIPBOARD
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use wxWindows layout constraint system
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_CONSTRAINTS
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use the document/view architecture
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use enhanced dialog
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_ENHANCED_DIALOG
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use Form panel item placement
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_FORM
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use fraction class
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_FRACTION
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use gauge item
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_GAUGE
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Implement a GLCanvas class as an interface to OpenGL, using the GLX
|
||||
* extension to the X11 protocol. You can use the (free) Mesa library
|
||||
* if you don't have a 'real' OpenGL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_GLX
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use wxWindows help facility (needs USE_IPC 1)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_HELP
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use iostream.h rather than iostream
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_IOSTREAMH
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use Interprocess communication
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_IPC
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use Metafile and Metafile device context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_METAFILE
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use PostScript device context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_POSTSCRIPT
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use the print/preview architecture
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use Prolog IO
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_PROLOGIO
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use Remote Procedure Call (Needs USE_IPC and USE_PROLOGIO)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_RPC
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use wxGetResource & wxWriteResource (change .Xdefaults)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_RESOURCES
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use scrollbar item
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_SCROLLBAR
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use time and date classes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_TIMEDATE
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use toolbar, use Xt port toolbar (3D look)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_TOOLBAR
|
||||
#undef USE_XT_TOOLBAR
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Enables old type checking mechanism (wxSubType)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_TYPETREE
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use virtual list box item
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_VLBOX
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use wxWindows resource loading (.wxr-files) (Needs USE_PROLOGIO 1)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_WX_RESOURCES
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use wxGraph
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_WXGRAPH
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use wxTree
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/********************** DO NOT CHANGE BELOW THIS POINT **********************/
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************** DEBUGGING FEATURES ****************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compatibility with 1.66 API.
|
||||
Level 0: no backward compatibility, all new features
|
||||
Level 1: wxDC, OnSize (etc.) compatibility, but
|
||||
some new features such as event tables */
|
||||
#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY 1
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Enables debugging: memory tracing, assert, etc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef DEBUG
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Enables debugging version of wxObject::new and wxObject::delete (IF DEBUG)
|
||||
* WARNING: this code may not work with all architectures, especially
|
||||
* if alignment is an issue.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_MEMORY_TRACING
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Enable debugging version of global memory operators new and delete
|
||||
* Disable it, If this causes problems (e.g. link errors)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef USE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* If WXDEBUG && USE_MEMORY_TRACING && USE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS
|
||||
* used to debug the memory allocation of wxWindows Xt port code
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define USE_INTERNAL_MEMORY_TRACING 0
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Matthews garbage collection (used for MrEd?)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WXGARBAGE_COLLECTION_ON 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************** COMPILER FEATURES *****************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Disable this if your compiler can't cope
|
||||
* with omission of prototype parameters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define REMOVE_UNUSED_ARG 1
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The const keyword is being introduced more in wxWindows.
|
||||
* You can use this setting to maintain backward compatibility.
|
||||
* If 0: will use const wherever possible.
|
||||
* If 1: will use const only where necessary
|
||||
* for precompiled headers to work.
|
||||
* If 2: will be totally backward compatible, but precompiled
|
||||
* headers may not work and program size will be larger.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONST_COMPATIBILITY 0
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ WINDOWS 3.1 COMPATIBILITY *************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Normalize X drawing code to behave exactly as MSW.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WX_STANDARD_GRAPHICS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/******************* other stuff **********************************/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Support image loading for wxBitmap (wxImage is needed for this)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define USE_IMAGE_LOADING 0
|
||||
#define WXIMAGE_INCLUDE "../../utils/image/src/wx_image.h"
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Use splines
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define USE_SPLINES 1
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* USE_DYNAMIC_CLASSES is TRUE for the Xt port
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define USE_DYNAMIC_CLASSES 1
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* USE_EXTENDED_STATICS is FALSE for the Xt port
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define USE_EXTENDED_STATICS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************** IMAKEFILE EVALUATIOS ***************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_XPM
|
||||
#define USE_XPM_IN_X 1
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define USE_XPM_IN_X 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if USE_IMAGE_LOADING
|
||||
#define USE_IMAGE_LOADING_IN_X 1
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define USE_IMAGE_LOADING_IN_X 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* here comes the system-specific stuff */
|
||||
|
||||
/* acconfig.h
|
||||
This file is in the public domain.
|
||||
|
||||
Descriptive text for the C preprocessor macros that
|
||||
the distributed Autoconf macros can define.
|
||||
No software package will use all of them; autoheader copies the ones
|
||||
your configure.in uses into your configuration header file templates.
|
||||
|
||||
The entries are in sort -df order: alphabetical, case insensitive,
|
||||
ignoring punctuation (such as underscores). Although this order
|
||||
can split up related entries, it makes it easier to check whether
|
||||
a given entry is in the file. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if on AIX 3.
|
||||
System headers sometimes define this.
|
||||
We just want to avoid a redefinition error message. */
|
||||
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
|
||||
#undef _ALL_SOURCE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if using alloca.c. */
|
||||
#undef C_ALLOCA
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if type char is unsigned and you are not using gcc. */
|
||||
#ifndef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
|
||||
#undef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the closedir function returns void instead of int. */
|
||||
#undef CLOSEDIR_VOID
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */
|
||||
#undef const
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
|
||||
This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems. */
|
||||
#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define for DGUX with <sys/dg_sys_info.h>. */
|
||||
#undef DGUX
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have <dirent.h>. */
|
||||
#undef DIRENT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the type of elements in the array set by `getgroups'.
|
||||
Usually this is either `int' or `gid_t'. */
|
||||
#undef GETGROUPS_T
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the `getloadavg' function needs to be run setuid or setgid. */
|
||||
#undef GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the `getpgrp' function takes no argument. */
|
||||
#undef GETPGRP_VOID
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
|
||||
#undef gid_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you don't have vprintf but do have _doprnt. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your system has its own `getloadavg' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETLOADAVG
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the getmntent function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETMNTENT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the `long double' type works. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you support file names longer than 14 characters. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MMAP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if system calls automatically restart after interruption
|
||||
by a signal. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your struct stat has st_blksize. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your struct stat has st_blocks. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ST_BLOCKS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the strcoll function and it is properly defined. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRCOLL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your struct stat has st_rdev. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ST_RDEV
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the strftime function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRFTIME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have <sys/wait.h> that is POSIX.1 compatible. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your struct tm has tm_zone. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_TM_ZONE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you don't have tm_zone but do have the external array
|
||||
tzname. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_TZNAME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have <unistd.h>. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if utime(file, NULL) sets file's timestamp to the present. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UTIME_NULL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have <vfork.h>. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_VFORK_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the vprintf function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the wait3 system call. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_WAIT3
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it. */
|
||||
#ifndef __cplusplus
|
||||
#undef inline
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if major, minor, and makedev are declared in <mkdev.h>. */
|
||||
#undef MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if major, minor, and makedev are declared in <sysmacros.h>. */
|
||||
#undef MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if on MINIX. */
|
||||
#undef _MINIX
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
|
||||
#undef mode_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you don't have <dirent.h>, but have <ndir.h>. */
|
||||
#undef NDIR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have <memory.h>, and <string.h> doesn't declare the
|
||||
mem* functions. */
|
||||
#undef NEED_MEMORY_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your struct nlist has an n_un member. */
|
||||
#undef NLIST_NAME_UNION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have <nlist.h>. */
|
||||
#undef NLIST_STRUCT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your C compiler doesn't accept -c and -o together. */
|
||||
#undef NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
|
||||
#undef off_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
|
||||
#undef pid_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except
|
||||
with this defined. */
|
||||
#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work. */
|
||||
#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void). */
|
||||
#undef RETSIGTYPE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the setvbuf function takes the buffering type as its second
|
||||
argument and the buffer pointer as the third, as on System V
|
||||
before release 3. */
|
||||
#undef SETVBUF_REVERSED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define SIZESOF for some Objects */
|
||||
#undef SIZEOF_INT
|
||||
#undef SIZEOF_INT_P
|
||||
#undef SIZEOF_LONG
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
|
||||
#undef size_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
|
||||
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
|
||||
automatically deduced at run-time.
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef STACK_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the `S_IS*' macros in <sys/stat.h> do not work properly. */
|
||||
#undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */
|
||||
#undef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define on System V Release 4. */
|
||||
#undef SVR4
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define on BSD */
|
||||
#undef BSD
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define on System V */
|
||||
#undef SYSV
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you don't have <dirent.h>, but have <sys/dir.h>. */
|
||||
#undef SYSDIR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you don't have <dirent.h>, but have <sys/ndir.h>. */
|
||||
#undef SYSNDIR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if `sys_siglist' is declared by <signal.h>. */
|
||||
#undef SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */
|
||||
#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your <sys/time.h> declares struct tm. */
|
||||
#undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
|
||||
#undef uid_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define for Encore UMAX. */
|
||||
#undef UMAX
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define for Encore UMAX 4.3 that has <inq_status/cpustats.h>
|
||||
instead of <sys/cpustats.h>. */
|
||||
#undef UMAX4_3
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you do not have <strings.h>, index, bzero, etc.. */
|
||||
#undef USG
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the system is System V Release 4 */
|
||||
#undef SVR4
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define vfork as fork if vfork does not work. */
|
||||
#undef vfork
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the closedir function returns void instead of int. */
|
||||
#undef VOID_CLOSEDIR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your processor stores words with the most significant
|
||||
byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */
|
||||
#undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if lex declares yytext as a char * by default, not a char[]. */
|
||||
#undef YYTEXT_POINTER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __GTKSETUPH__ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Leave that blank line there!! Autoheader needs it.
|
||||
If you're adding to this file, keep in mind:
|
||||
The entries are in sort -df order: alphabetical, case insensitive,
|
||||
ignoring punctuation (such as underscores). */
|
26
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedAIX
Executable file
26
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedAIX
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
COMPILER=$1
|
||||
LIBRARY_BASE=$2
|
||||
LIBRARY_MAJOR=$3
|
||||
LIBRARY_MINOR=$4
|
||||
shift 3
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS=
|
||||
while (test $# -ne 1) do
|
||||
shift;
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS="$LIBRARY_OBJS $1sh";
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
LIBRARY_BASE=`echo $LIBRARY_BASE | sed 's/.so/.sa/'`
|
||||
LIBRARY_NAME=`basename $LIBRARY_BASE`
|
||||
LIBRARY_FILE=$LIBRARY_BASE
|
||||
|
||||
echo "Creating shared library: $LIBRARY_FILE"
|
||||
|
||||
ar cr $LIBRARY_FILE~ $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
nm $LIBRARY_OBJS | awk '/ [BD] /{print $$3}' | sort | uniq > ${LIBRARY_FILE}.syms
|
||||
ld -o shr.o $LIBRARY_FILE~ -lX11 -lXt -lc -lm -H512 -T512 -bE:${LIBRARY_FILE}.syms -bM:SRE
|
||||
rm -f $LIBRARY_FILE~
|
||||
ar ruv $LIBRARY_FILE shr.o
|
||||
chmod a+x $LIBRARY_FILE
|
||||
|
33
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedBsd
Executable file
33
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedBsd
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
#LIBRARY_BASE=`echo $1 | sed 's/.a/.so/'`
|
||||
COMPILER=$1
|
||||
LIBRARY_BASE=$2
|
||||
LIBRARY_MAJOR=$3
|
||||
LIBRARY_MINOR=$4
|
||||
shift 3
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS=
|
||||
while (test $# -ne 1) do
|
||||
shift;
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS="$LIBRARY_OBJS $1sh";
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
LIBRARY_NAME=`basename $LIBRARY_BASE`
|
||||
LIBRARY_FILE=$LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR.$LIBRARY_MINOR
|
||||
|
||||
echo "Creating shared library: $LIBRARY_FILE"
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$COMPILER" = xgcc ; then
|
||||
gcc -shared -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
else
|
||||
CC -Bshareable -Bforcearchive -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
fi
|
||||
chmod a+x $LIBRARY_FILE
|
||||
rm -f $LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR
|
||||
ln -s $LIBRARY_NAME.$LIBRARY_MAJOR.$LIBRARY_MINOR $LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR
|
||||
rm -f $LIBRARY_BASE
|
||||
ln -s $LIBRARY_NAME.$LIBRARY_MAJOR $LIBRARY_BASE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
29
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedDgux
Executable file
29
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedDgux
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
COMPILER=$1
|
||||
LIBRARY_BASE=$2
|
||||
LIBRARY_MAJOR=$3
|
||||
LIBRARY_MINOR=$4
|
||||
shift 3
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS=
|
||||
while (test $# -ne 1) do
|
||||
shift;
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS="$LIBRARY_OBJS $1sh";
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
LIBRARY_BASE=`echo $LIBRARY_BASE | sed 's/.so/.sl/'`
|
||||
LIBRARY_NAME=`basename $LIBRARY_BASE`
|
||||
LIBRARY_FILE=$LIBRARY_BASE
|
||||
|
||||
echo "Creating shared library: $LIBRARY_FILE"
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$COMPILER" = xgcc ; then
|
||||
gcc -shared -h $LIBRARY_NAME -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
else
|
||||
CC -G -h $LIBRARY_NAME -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
fi
|
||||
chmod a+x $LIBRARY_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
29
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedHpux
Executable file
29
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedHpux
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
COMPILER=$1
|
||||
LIBRARY_BASE=$2
|
||||
LIBRARY_MAJOR=$3
|
||||
LIBRARY_MINOR=$4
|
||||
shift 3
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS=
|
||||
while (test $# -ne 1) do
|
||||
shift;
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS="$LIBRARY_OBJS $1sh";
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
LIBRARY_BASE=`echo $LIBRARY_BASE | sed 's/.so/.sl/'`
|
||||
LIBRARY_NAME=`basename $LIBRARY_BASE`
|
||||
LIBRARY_FILE=$LIBRARY_BASE
|
||||
|
||||
echo "Creating shared library: $LIBRARY_FILE"
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$COMPILER" = xgcc ; then
|
||||
gcc -shared -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
else
|
||||
CC -Wl,+s -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
fi
|
||||
chmod a+x $LIBRARY_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
45
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedIrix
Executable file
45
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedIrix
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# on Irix, position independent code is the default
|
||||
|
||||
#LIBRARY_BASE=`echo $1 | sed 's/.a/.so/'`
|
||||
COMPILER=$1
|
||||
LIBRARY_BASE=$2
|
||||
LIBRARY_MAJOR=$3
|
||||
LIBRARY_MINOR=$4
|
||||
shift 3
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS=
|
||||
while (test $# -ne 1) do
|
||||
shift;
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS="$LIBRARY_OBJS $1";
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
LIBRARY_NAME=`basename $LIBRARY_BASE`
|
||||
LIBRARY_FILE=$LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR.$LIBRARY_MINOR
|
||||
|
||||
echo "Creating shared library: $LIBRARY_FILE"
|
||||
|
||||
if test ! -f /tmp/so_locations; then
|
||||
if test -f /usr/lib/so_locations; then
|
||||
cp /usr/lib/so_locations /tmp
|
||||
else
|
||||
touch /tmp/so_locations
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
chmod u+w /tmp/so_locations
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$COMPILER" = xgcc ; then
|
||||
gcc -shared -Wl,-update_registry,/tmp/so_locations \
|
||||
-Wl,-soname,$LIBRARY_NAME.$LIBRARY_MAJOR -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
else
|
||||
CC -shared -update_registry /tmp/so_locations \
|
||||
-soname $LIBRARY_NAME.$LIBRARY_MAJOR -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
fi
|
||||
chmod a+x $LIBRARY_FILE
|
||||
rm -f $LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR
|
||||
ln -s $LIBRARY_NAME.$LIBRARY_MAJOR.$LIBRARY_MINOR $LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR
|
||||
rm -f $LIBRARY_BASE
|
||||
ln -s $LIBRARY_NAME.$LIBRARY_MAJOR $LIBRARY_BASE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
34
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedLinux
Executable file
34
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedLinux
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
#LIBRARY_BASE=`echo $1 | sed 's/.a/.so/'`
|
||||
COMPILER=$1
|
||||
LIBRARY_BASE=$2
|
||||
LIBRARY_MAJOR=$3
|
||||
LIBRARY_MINOR=$4
|
||||
shift 3
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS=
|
||||
while (test $# -ne 1) do
|
||||
shift;
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS="$LIBRARY_OBJS $1sh";
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
LIBRARY_NAME=`basename $LIBRARY_BASE`
|
||||
LIBRARY_FILE=$LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR.$LIBRARY_MINOR
|
||||
|
||||
echo "Creating shared library: $LIBRARY_FILE"
|
||||
|
||||
case $COMPILER in gcc*|*gcc)
|
||||
$COMPILER -shared -Wl,-soname,$LIBRARY_NAME.$LIBRARY_MAJOR -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
$COMPILER -shared -soname $LIBRARY_NAME.$LIBRARY_MAJOR -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
esac
|
||||
chmod a+x $LIBRARY_FILE
|
||||
rm -f $LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR
|
||||
ln -s $LIBRARY_NAME.$LIBRARY_MAJOR.$LIBRARY_MINOR $LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR
|
||||
rm -f $LIBRARY_BASE
|
||||
ln -s $LIBRARY_NAME.$LIBRARY_MAJOR $LIBRARY_BASE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
33
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedOSF
Executable file
33
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedOSF
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
#LIBRARY_BASE=`echo $1 | sed 's/.a/.so/'`
|
||||
COMPILER=$1
|
||||
LIBRARY_BASE=$2
|
||||
LIBRARY_MAJOR=$3
|
||||
LIBRARY_MINOR=$4
|
||||
shift 3
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS=
|
||||
while (test $# -ne 1) do
|
||||
shift;
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS="$LIBRARY_OBJS $1sh";
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
LIBRARY_NAME=`basename $LIBRARY_BASE`
|
||||
LIBRARY_FILE=$LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR.$LIBRARY_MINOR
|
||||
|
||||
echo "Creating shared library: $LIBRARY_FILE"
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$COMPILER" = xgcc ; then
|
||||
gcc -shared -Wl,-soname,$LIBRARY_NAME -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
else
|
||||
$COMPILER -shared -soname $LIBRARY_NAME -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
fi
|
||||
chmod a+x $LIBRARY_FILE
|
||||
rm -f $LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR
|
||||
ln -s $LIBRARY_NAME.$LIBRARY_MAJOR.$LIBRARY_MINOR $LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR
|
||||
rm -f $LIBRARY_BASE
|
||||
ln -s $LIBRARY_NAME.$LIBRARY_MAJOR $LIBRARY_BASE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
33
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedSolaris2
Executable file
33
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedSolaris2
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
#LIBRARY_BASE=`echo $1 | sed 's/.a/.so/'`
|
||||
COMPILER=$1
|
||||
LIBRARY_BASE=$2
|
||||
LIBRARY_MAJOR=$3
|
||||
LIBRARY_MINOR=$4
|
||||
shift 3
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS=
|
||||
while (test $# -ne 1) do
|
||||
shift;
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS="$LIBRARY_OBJS $1sh";
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
LIBRARY_NAME=`basename $LIBRARY_BASE`
|
||||
LIBRARY_FILE=$LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR.$LIBRARY_MINOR
|
||||
|
||||
echo "Creating shared library: $LIBRARY_FILE"
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$COMPILER" = xgcc ; then
|
||||
gcc -shared -h $LIBRARY_NAME -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
else
|
||||
CC -G -h $LIBRARY_NAME -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
fi
|
||||
chmod a+x $LIBRARY_FILE
|
||||
rm -f $LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR
|
||||
ln -s $LIBRARY_NAME.$LIBRARY_MAJOR.$LIBRARY_MINOR $LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR
|
||||
rm -f $LIBRARY_BASE
|
||||
ln -s $LIBRARY_NAME.$LIBRARY_MAJOR $LIBRARY_BASE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
33
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedSunos4
Executable file
33
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedSunos4
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
#LIBRARY_BASE=`echo $1 | sed 's/.a/.so/'`
|
||||
COMPILER=$1
|
||||
LIBRARY_BASE=$2
|
||||
LIBRARY_MAJOR=$3
|
||||
LIBRARY_MINOR=$4
|
||||
shift 3
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS=
|
||||
while (test $# -ne 1) do
|
||||
shift;
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS="$LIBRARY_OBJS $1sh";
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
LIBRARY_NAME=`basename $LIBRARY_BASE`
|
||||
LIBRARY_FILE=$LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR.$LIBRARY_MINOR
|
||||
|
||||
echo "Creating shared library: $LIBRARY_FILE"
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$COMPILER" = xgcc ; then
|
||||
gcc -shared -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
else
|
||||
CC -assert pure-text -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
fi
|
||||
chmod a+x $LIBRARY_FILE
|
||||
rm -f $LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR
|
||||
ln -s $LIBRARY_NAME.$LIBRARY_MAJOR.$LIBRARY_MINOR $LIBRARY_BASE.$LIBRARY_MAJOR
|
||||
rm -f $LIBRARY_BASE
|
||||
ln -s $LIBRARY_NAME.$LIBRARY_MAJOR $LIBRARY_BASE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
29
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedSysV
Executable file
29
src/gtk1/setup/shared/sharedSysV
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
COMPILER=$1
|
||||
LIBRARY_BASE=$2
|
||||
LIBRARY_MAJOR=$3
|
||||
LIBRARY_MINOR=$4
|
||||
shift 3
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS=
|
||||
while (test $# -ne 1) do
|
||||
shift;
|
||||
LIBRARY_OBJS="$LIBRARY_OBJS $1sh";
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
LIBRARY_BASE=`echo $LIBRARY_BASE | sed 's/.so/.sl/'`
|
||||
LIBRARY_NAME=`basename $LIBRARY_BASE`
|
||||
LIBRARY_FILE=$LIBRARY_BASE
|
||||
|
||||
echo "Creating shared library: $LIBRARY_FILE"
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$COMPILER" = xgcc ; then
|
||||
gcc -shared -h $LIBRARY_NAME -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
else
|
||||
CC -G -h $LIBRARY_NAME -o $LIBRARY_FILE $LIBRARY_OBJS
|
||||
fi
|
||||
chmod a+x $LIBRARY_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
70
src/gtk1/setup/substit.in
Normal file
70
src/gtk1/setup/substit.in
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
||||
s|*OS*|@OS@|g
|
||||
s|*WXBASEDIR*|@WXBASEDIR@|g
|
||||
s|*PROFILE*|@PROFILE@|g
|
||||
s|*DEBUG*|@DEBUG@|g
|
||||
s|*OPTIMISE*|@OPTIMISE@|g
|
||||
s|*CC*|@CC@|g
|
||||
s|*CFLAGS*|@CFLAGS@|g
|
||||
s|*CPP*|@CPP@|g
|
||||
s|*CXX*|@CXX@|g
|
||||
s|*CXXFLAGS*|@CXXFLAGS@|g
|
||||
s|*CXXCPP*|@CXXCPP@|g
|
||||
s|*PICFLAGS*|@PICFLAGS@|g
|
||||
s|*CREATE_SHARED*|@CREATE_SHARED@|g
|
||||
s|*LEX*|@LEX@|g
|
||||
s|*LEXLIB*|@LEXLIB@|g
|
||||
s|*YACC*|@YACC@|g
|
||||
s|*RANLIB*|@RANLIB@|g
|
||||
s|*INSTALL*|@INSTALL@|g
|
||||
s|*INSTALL_PROGRAM*|@INSTALL_PROGRAM@|g
|
||||
s|*INSTALL_DATA*|@INSTALL_DATA@|g
|
||||
s|*AWK*|@AWK@|g
|
||||
s|*LN_S*|@LN_S@|g
|
||||
s|*prefix*|@prefix@|g
|
||||
s|*exec_prefix*|@exec_prefix@|g
|
||||
s|*bindir*|@bindir@|g
|
||||
s|*datadir*|@datadir@|g
|
||||
s|*infodir*|@infodir@|g
|
||||
s|*X_CFLAGS*|@X_CFLAGS@|g
|
||||
s|*X_LIBS*|@X_LIBS@|g
|
||||
s|*X_EXTRA_LIBS*|@X_EXTRA_LIBS@|g
|
||||
s|*X_PRE_LIBS*|@X_PRE_LIBS@|g
|
||||
s|*GUI_TK_INCLUDE*|@GUI_TK_INCLUDE@|g
|
||||
s|*GUI_TK_LIBRARY*|@GUI_TK_LIBRARY@|g
|
||||
s|*GUI_TK_LINK*|@GUI_TK_LINK@|g
|
||||
s|*OPENGL_INCLUDE*|@OPENGL_INCLUDE@|g
|
||||
s|*OPENGL_LIBRARY*|@OPENGL_LIBRARY@|g
|
||||
s|*OPENGL_LINK*|@OPENGL_LINK@|g
|
||||
s|*TOOLKIT*|@TOOLKIT@|g
|
||||
s|*TOOLKIT_DEF*|@TOOLKIT_DEF@|g
|
||||
s|*THREADS*|@THREADS@|g
|
||||
s|*THREADS_LINK*|@THREADS_LINK@|g
|
||||
s|*WXSTRING*|@WXSTRING@|g
|
||||
s|*TYPETREE*|@TYPETREE@|g
|
||||
s|*METAFILE*|@METAFILE@|g
|
||||
s|*POSTSCRIPTDC*|@POSTSCRIPTDC@|g
|
||||
s|*WXGRAPH*|@WXGRAPH@|g
|
||||
s|*WXTREE*|@WXTREE@|g
|
||||
s|*DOCVIEW*|@DOCVIEW@|g
|
||||
s|*FORM*|@FORM@|g
|
||||
s|*PRINTPREVIEW*|@PRINTPREVIEW@|g
|
||||
s|*IPC*|@IPC@|g
|
||||
s|*HELP*|@HELP@|g
|
||||
s|*CLIPBOARD*|@CLIPBOARD@|g
|
||||
s|*TIMEDATE*|@TIMEDATE@|g
|
||||
s|*FRACTION*|@FRACTION@|g
|
||||
s|*PROLOGIO*|@PROLOGIO@|g
|
||||
s|*PROLOGIOSRC*|@PROLOGIOSRC@|g
|
||||
s|*ENHDIALOGBOX*|@ENHDIALOGBOX@|g
|
||||
s|*GAUGE*|@GAUGE@|g
|
||||
s|*GLCANVAS*|@GLCANVAS@|g
|
||||
s|*LAYOUT*|@LAYOUT@|g
|
||||
s|*WXRESOURCES*|@WXRESOURCES@|g
|
||||
s|*XRESOURCES*|@XRESOURCES@|g
|
||||
s|*SCROLLBAR*|@SCROLLBAR@|g
|
||||
s|*STATICITEMS*|@STATICITEMS@|g
|
||||
s|*TOOLBAR*|@TOOLBAR@|g
|
||||
s|*CONSTRAINTS*|@CONSTRAINTS@|g
|
||||
s|*RPC*|@RPC@|g
|
||||
s|*VIRLISTBOX*|@VIRLISTBOX@|g
|
||||
|
247
src/gtk1/slider.cpp
Normal file
247
src/gtk1/slider.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: slider.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "slider.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/slider.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/utils.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxSlider
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void gtk_slider_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), wxSlider *win )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*
|
||||
printf( "OnScroll from " );
|
||||
if (win->GetClassInfo() && win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName())
|
||||
printf( win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName() );
|
||||
printf( ".\n" );
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
if (!win->HasVMT()) return;
|
||||
|
||||
float diff = win->m_adjust->value - win->m_oldPos;
|
||||
if (fabs(diff) < 0.2) return;
|
||||
|
||||
int command = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
float line_step = win->m_adjust->step_increment;
|
||||
float page_step = win->m_adjust->page_increment;
|
||||
|
||||
if (fabs(diff-line_step) < 0.2) command = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN;
|
||||
else if (fabs(diff+line_step) < 0.2) command = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP;
|
||||
else if (fabs(diff-page_step) < 0.2) command = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN;
|
||||
else if (fabs(diff+page_step) < 0.2) command = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP;
|
||||
else command = wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK;
|
||||
|
||||
int value = (int)(win->m_adjust->value+0.5);
|
||||
|
||||
int orient = wxHORIZONTAL;
|
||||
if (win->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxSB_VERTICAL == wxSB_VERTICAL) orient = wxHORIZONTAL;
|
||||
|
||||
wxScrollEvent event( command, win->GetId(), value, orient );
|
||||
event.SetEventObject( win );
|
||||
win->ProcessEvent( event );
|
||||
|
||||
wxCommandEvent cevent( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, win->GetId() );
|
||||
cevent.SetEventObject( win );
|
||||
win->ProcessEvent( cevent );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSlider,wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
wxSlider::wxSlider(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxSlider::wxSlider( wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const int value, const int minValue, const int maxValue,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const long style,
|
||||
/* const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, */
|
||||
const wxString& name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create( parent, id, value, minValue, maxValue,
|
||||
pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxSlider::~wxSlider(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxSlider::Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const int value, const int minValue, const int maxValue,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const long style,
|
||||
/* const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, */
|
||||
const wxString& name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_needParent = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
PreCreation( parent, id, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
|
||||
m_oldPos = 0.0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (style & wxSL_VERTICAL == wxSL_VERTICAL)
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_hscale_new( NULL );
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_vscale_new( NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
m_adjust = gtk_range_get_adjustment( GTK_RANGE(m_widget) );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (m_adjust), "value_changed",
|
||||
(GtkSignalFunc) gtk_slider_callback, (gpointer) this );
|
||||
SetRange( minValue, maxValue );
|
||||
SetValue( value );
|
||||
|
||||
PostCreation();
|
||||
|
||||
Show( TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxSlider::GetValue(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (int)(m_adjust->value+0.5);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSlider::SetValue( const int value )
|
||||
{
|
||||
float fpos = (float)value;
|
||||
m_oldPos = fpos;
|
||||
if (fabs(fpos-m_adjust->value) < 0.2) return;
|
||||
m_adjust->value = fpos;
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_emit_by_name( GTK_OBJECT(m_adjust), "value_changed" );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSlider::SetRange( const int minValue, const int maxValue )
|
||||
{
|
||||
float fmin = (float)minValue;
|
||||
float fmax = (float)maxValue;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((fabs(fmin-m_adjust->lower) < 0.2) &&
|
||||
(fabs(fmax-m_adjust->upper) < 0.2))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_adjust->lower = fmin;
|
||||
m_adjust->upper = fmax;
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_emit_by_name( GTK_OBJECT(m_adjust), "changed" );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxSlider::GetMin(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (int)(m_adjust->lower+0.5);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxSlider::GetMax(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (int)(m_adjust->upper+0.5);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSlider::SetPageSize( const int pageSize )
|
||||
{
|
||||
float fpage = (float)pageSize;
|
||||
|
||||
if (fabs(fpage-m_adjust->page_increment) < 0.2) return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_adjust->page_increment = fpage;
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_emit_by_name( GTK_OBJECT(m_adjust), "changed" );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxSlider::GetPageSize(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (int)(m_adjust->page_increment+0.5);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSlider::SetThumbLength( const int len )
|
||||
{
|
||||
float flen = (float)len;
|
||||
|
||||
if (fabs(flen-m_adjust->page_size) < 0.2) return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_adjust->page_size = flen;
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_signal_emit_by_name( GTK_OBJECT(m_adjust), "changed" );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxSlider::GetThumbLength(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (int)(m_adjust->page_size+0.5);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSlider::SetLineSize( const int WXUNUSED(lineSize) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxSlider::GetLineSize(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// not supported in wxGTK (and GTK)
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSlider::GetSize( int *x, int *y ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxWindow::GetSize( x, y );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSlider::SetSize( const int x, const int y, const int width, const int height, const int sizeFlags )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxWindow::SetSize( x, y, width, height, sizeFlags );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSlider::GetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxWindow::GetPosition( x, y );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSlider::SetTick( const int WXUNUSED(tickPos) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSlider::SetTickFreq( const int WXUNUSED(n), const int WXUNUSED(pos) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxSlider::GetTickFreq(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSlider::ClearTicks(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSlider::SetSelection( const int WXUNUSED(minPos), const int WXUNUSED(maxPos) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxSlider::GetSelEnd(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxSlider::GetSelStart(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSlider::ClearSel(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
49
src/gtk1/statbox.cpp
Normal file
49
src/gtk1/statbox.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: statbox.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "statbox.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/statbox.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxStaticBox
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBox,wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
wxStaticBox::wxStaticBox(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxStaticBox::wxStaticBox( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString &label,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create( parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxStaticBox::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString &label,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_needParent = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
PreCreation( parent, id, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_frame_new( label );
|
||||
|
||||
PostCreation();
|
||||
|
||||
Show( TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
69
src/gtk1/stattext.cpp
Normal file
69
src/gtk1/stattext.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: stattext.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "stattext.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/stattext.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxStaticText
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticText,wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
wxStaticText::wxStaticText(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxStaticText::wxStaticText( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString &label,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create( parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxStaticText::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString &label,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_needParent = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize newSize = size;
|
||||
|
||||
PreCreation( parent, id, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_label_new( label );
|
||||
|
||||
if (newSize.x == -1) newSize.x = gdk_string_measure( m_widget->style->font, label );
|
||||
if (newSize.y == -1) newSize.y = 26;
|
||||
SetSize( newSize.x, newSize.y );
|
||||
|
||||
PostCreation();
|
||||
|
||||
Show( TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxStaticText::GetLabel(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *str = NULL;
|
||||
gtk_label_get( GTK_LABEL(m_widget), &str );
|
||||
wxString tmp( str );
|
||||
return tmp;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxStaticText::SetLabel( const wxString &label )
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_label_set( GTK_LABEL(m_widget), label );
|
||||
};
|
207
src/gtk1/tbargtk.cpp
Normal file
207
src/gtk1/tbargtk.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: tbargtk.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose: GTK toolbar
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// RCS-ID:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "tbargtk.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/toolbar.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxToolBarTool
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBarTool,wxObject)
|
||||
|
||||
wxToolBarTool::wxToolBarTool( wxToolBarGTK *owner, const int theIndex,
|
||||
const wxBitmap& bitmap1, const wxBitmap& bitmap2,
|
||||
const bool toggle, wxObject *clientData,
|
||||
const wxString& shortHelpString, const wxString& longHelpString )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_owner = owner;
|
||||
m_index = theIndex;
|
||||
m_bitmap1 = bitmap1;
|
||||
m_bitmap2 = bitmap2;
|
||||
m_isToggle = toggle;
|
||||
m_enabled = TRUE;
|
||||
m_toggleState = FALSE;
|
||||
m_shortHelpString = shortHelpString;
|
||||
m_longHelpString = longHelpString;
|
||||
m_isMenuCommand = TRUE;
|
||||
m_clientData = clientData;
|
||||
m_deleteSecondBitmap = FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxToolBarTool::~wxToolBarTool(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxToolBarGTK
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
static void gtk_toolbar_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), wxToolBarTool *tool )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!tool->m_enabled) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (tool->m_isToggle) tool->m_toggleState = !tool->m_toggleState;
|
||||
|
||||
tool->m_owner->OnLeftClick( tool->m_index, tool->m_toggleState );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBarGTK,wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxToolBarGTK, wxControl)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
wxToolBarGTK::wxToolBarGTK(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxToolBarGTK::wxToolBarGTK( wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString& name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create( parent, id, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxToolBarGTK::~wxToolBarGTK(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxToolBarGTK::Create( wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const long style, const wxString& name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_needParent = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
PreCreation( parent, id, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
|
||||
m_tools.DeleteContents( TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_handle_box_new();
|
||||
|
||||
m_toolbar = GTK_TOOLBAR( gtk_toolbar_new( GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS ) );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_container_add( GTK_CONTAINER(m_widget), GTK_WIDGET(m_toolbar) );
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_widget_show( GTK_WIDGET(m_toolbar) );
|
||||
|
||||
PostCreation();
|
||||
|
||||
Show( TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxToolBarGTK::OnLeftClick( int toolIndex, bool toggleDown )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, toolIndex);
|
||||
event.SetEventObject(this);
|
||||
event.SetExtraLong((long) toggleDown);
|
||||
|
||||
GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxToolBarGTK::OnRightClick( int toolIndex, float WXUNUSED(x), float WXUNUSED(y) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, toolIndex);
|
||||
event.SetEventObject(this);
|
||||
|
||||
GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxToolBarGTK::OnMouseEnter( int toolIndex )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, toolIndex);
|
||||
event.SetEventObject(this);
|
||||
|
||||
GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxToolBarTool *wxToolBarGTK::AddTool( const int toolIndex, const wxBitmap& bitmap,
|
||||
const wxBitmap& pushedBitmap, const bool toggle,
|
||||
const float WXUNUSED(xPos), const float WXUNUSED(yPos), wxObject *clientData,
|
||||
const wxString& helpString1, const wxString& helpString2 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!bitmap.Ok()) return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
wxToolBarTool *tool = new wxToolBarTool( this, toolIndex, bitmap, pushedBitmap, toggle,
|
||||
clientData, helpString1, helpString2 );
|
||||
|
||||
GdkPixmap *pixmap = bitmap.GetPixmap();
|
||||
|
||||
GdkBitmap *mask = NULL;
|
||||
if (bitmap.GetMask()) mask = bitmap.GetMask()->GetBitmap();
|
||||
|
||||
GtkWidget *tool_pixmap = gtk_pixmap_new( pixmap, mask );
|
||||
gtk_misc_set_alignment( GTK_MISC(tool_pixmap), 0.5, 0.5 );
|
||||
|
||||
GtkToolbarChildType ctype = GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_BUTTON;
|
||||
if (toggle) ctype = GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_TOGGLEBUTTON;
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_toolbar_append_element( m_toolbar,
|
||||
ctype, NULL, NULL, helpString1, "", tool_pixmap, (GtkSignalFunc)gtk_toolbar_callback, (gpointer)tool );
|
||||
|
||||
m_tools.Append( tool );
|
||||
|
||||
return tool;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxToolBarGTK::AddSeparator(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_toolbar_append_space( m_toolbar );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxToolBarGTK::ClearTools(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxToolBarGTK::EnableTool(const int toolIndex, const bool enable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxToolBarGTK::ToggleTool(const int toolIndex, const bool toggle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxToolBarGTK::SetToggle(const int toolIndex, const bool toggle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxObject *wxToolBarGTK::GetToolClientData(const int index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxToolBarGTK::GetToolState(const int toolIndex) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxToolBarGTK::GetToolEnabled(const int toolIndex) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxToolBarGTK::SetMargins(const int x, const int y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxToolBarGTK::SetToolPacking(const int packing)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxToolBarGTK::SetToolSeparation(const int separation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
391
src/gtk1/textctrl.cpp
Normal file
391
src/gtk1/textctrl.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: textctrl.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "textctrl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/textctrl.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/utils.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxTextCtrl
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextCtrl,wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxTextCtrl, wxControl)
|
||||
// EVT_CHAR(wxTextCtrl::OnChar)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
wxTextCtrl::wxTextCtrl(void) : streambuf()
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxTextCtrl::wxTextCtrl( wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id, const wxString &value,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const int style, const wxString &name ) : streambuf()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create( parent, id, value, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxTextCtrl::Create( wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id, const wxString &value,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size,
|
||||
const int style, const wxString &name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_needParent = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
PreCreation( parent, id, pos, size, style, name );
|
||||
|
||||
if (style & wxTE_MULTILINE)
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_text_new( NULL, NULL );
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_widget = gtk_entry_new();
|
||||
|
||||
if (!value.IsNull())
|
||||
{
|
||||
gint tmp = 0;
|
||||
gtk_editable_insert_text( GTK_EDITABLE(m_widget), value, value.Length(), &tmp );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize newSize = size;
|
||||
if (newSize.x == -1) newSize.x = 80;
|
||||
if (newSize.y == -1) newSize.y = 26;
|
||||
SetSize( newSize.x, newSize.y );
|
||||
|
||||
PostCreation();
|
||||
|
||||
Show( TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxTextCtrl::GetValue(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString tmp;
|
||||
if (m_windowStyle & wxTE_MULTILINE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gint len = gtk_text_get_length( GTK_TEXT(m_widget) );
|
||||
tmp = gtk_editable_get_chars( GTK_EDITABLE(m_widget), 0, len-1 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp = gtk_entry_get_text( GTK_ENTRY(m_widget) );
|
||||
};
|
||||
return tmp;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextCtrl::SetValue( const wxString &value )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString tmp = "";
|
||||
if (!value.IsNull()) tmp = value;
|
||||
if (m_windowStyle & wxTE_MULTILINE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gint len = gtk_text_get_length( GTK_TEXT(m_widget) );
|
||||
gtk_editable_delete_text( GTK_EDITABLE(m_widget), 0, len-1 );
|
||||
len = 0;
|
||||
gtk_editable_insert_text( GTK_EDITABLE(m_widget), tmp, tmp.Length(), &len );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_entry_set_text( GTK_ENTRY(m_widget), tmp );
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextCtrl::WriteText( const wxString &text )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (text.IsNull()) return;
|
||||
if (m_windowStyle & wxTE_MULTILINE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gint len = gtk_text_get_length( GTK_TEXT(m_widget) );
|
||||
gtk_editable_insert_text( GTK_EDITABLE(m_widget), text, text.Length(), &len );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_entry_append_text( GTK_ENTRY(m_widget), text );
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
wxString wxTextCtrl::GetLineText( const long lineNo ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxTextCtrl::LoadFile( const wxString &file )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxTextCtrl::SaveFile( const wxString &file )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextCtrl::DiscardEdits(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxTextCtrl::IsModified(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextCtrl::OnDropFiles( wxDropFilesEvent &event )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
long wxTextCtrl::PositionToXY( const long pos, long *x, long *y ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
long wxTextCtrl::XYToPosition( const long x, const long y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxTextCtrl::GetNumberOfLines(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void wxTextCtrl::SetInsertionPoint( const long pos )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int tmp = (int) pos;
|
||||
if (m_windowStyle & wxTE_MULTILINE)
|
||||
gtk_text_set_point( GTK_TEXT(m_widget), tmp );
|
||||
else
|
||||
gtk_entry_set_position( GTK_ENTRY(m_widget), tmp );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextCtrl::SetInsertionPointEnd(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int pos = 0;
|
||||
if (m_windowStyle & wxTE_MULTILINE)
|
||||
pos = gtk_text_get_length( GTK_TEXT(m_widget) );
|
||||
else
|
||||
pos = GTK_ENTRY(m_widget)->text_length;
|
||||
SetInsertionPoint( pos-1 );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextCtrl::SetEditable( const bool editable )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_windowStyle & wxTE_MULTILINE)
|
||||
gtk_text_set_editable( GTK_TEXT(m_widget), editable );
|
||||
else
|
||||
gtk_entry_set_editable( GTK_ENTRY(m_widget), editable );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextCtrl::SetSelection( const long from, const long to )
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_editable_select_region( GTK_EDITABLE(m_widget), (gint)from, (gint)to );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextCtrl::ShowPosition( const long WXUNUSED(pos) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
long wxTextCtrl::GetInsertionPoint(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (long) GTK_EDITABLE(m_widget)->current_pos;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
long wxTextCtrl::GetLastPosition(void) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int pos = 0;
|
||||
if (m_windowStyle & wxTE_MULTILINE)
|
||||
pos = gtk_text_get_length( GTK_TEXT(m_widget) );
|
||||
else
|
||||
pos = GTK_ENTRY(m_widget)->text_length;
|
||||
return (long)pos-1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextCtrl::Remove( const long from, const long to )
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_editable_delete_text( GTK_EDITABLE(m_widget), (gint)from, (gint)to );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextCtrl::Replace( const long from, const long to, const wxString &value )
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_editable_delete_text( GTK_EDITABLE(m_widget), (gint)from, (gint)to );
|
||||
if (value.IsNull()) return;
|
||||
gint pos = (gint)to;
|
||||
gtk_editable_insert_text( GTK_EDITABLE(m_widget), value, value.Length(), &pos );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextCtrl::Cut(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_editable_cut_clipboard( GTK_EDITABLE(m_widget), 0 );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextCtrl::Copy(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_editable_copy_clipboard( GTK_EDITABLE(m_widget), 0 );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextCtrl::Paste(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_editable_paste_clipboard( GTK_EDITABLE(m_widget), 0 );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextCtrl::Delete(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetValue( "" );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTextCtrl::OnChar( wxKeyEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxTextCtrl::overflow(int c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Make sure there is a holding area
|
||||
if ( allocate()==EOF )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxError("Streambuf allocation failed","Internal error");
|
||||
return EOF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Verify that there are no characters in get area
|
||||
if ( gptr() && gptr() < egptr() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxError("Who's trespassing my get area?","Internal error");
|
||||
return EOF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset get area
|
||||
setg(0,0,0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Make sure there is a put area
|
||||
if ( ! pptr() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This doesn't seem to be fatal so comment out error message */
|
||||
// wxError("Put area not opened","Internal error");
|
||||
setp( base(), base() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Determine how many characters have been inserted but no consumed
|
||||
int plen = pptr() - pbase();
|
||||
|
||||
// Now Jerry relies on the fact that the buffer is at least 2 chars
|
||||
// long, but the holding area "may be as small as 1" ???
|
||||
// And we need an additional \0, so let's keep this inefficient but
|
||||
// safe copy.
|
||||
|
||||
// If c!=EOF, it is a character that must also be comsumed
|
||||
int xtra = c==EOF? 0 : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Write temporary C-string to wxTextWindow
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *txt = new char[plen+xtra+1];
|
||||
memcpy(txt, pbase(), plen);
|
||||
txt[plen] = (char)c; // append c
|
||||
txt[plen+xtra] = '\0'; // append '\0' or overwrite c
|
||||
// If the put area already contained \0, output will be truncated there
|
||||
WriteText(txt);
|
||||
delete[] txt;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset put area
|
||||
setp(pbase(), epptr());
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__WATCOMC__)
|
||||
return __NOT_EOF;
|
||||
#elif defined(zapeof) // HP-UX (all cfront based?)
|
||||
return zapeof(c);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
return c!=EOF ? c : 0; // this should make everybody happy
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* OLD CODE
|
||||
int len = pptr() - pbase();
|
||||
char *txt = new char[len+1];
|
||||
strncpy(txt, pbase(), len);
|
||||
txt[len] = '\0';
|
||||
(*this) << txt;
|
||||
setp(pbase(), epptr());
|
||||
delete[] txt;
|
||||
return EOF;
|
||||
*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxTextCtrl::sync(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Verify that there are no characters in get area
|
||||
if ( gptr() && gptr() < egptr() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxError("Who's trespassing my get area?","Internal error");
|
||||
return EOF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( pptr() && pptr() > pbase() ) return overflow(EOF);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
/* OLD CODE
|
||||
int len = pptr() - pbase();
|
||||
char *txt = new char[len+1];
|
||||
strncpy(txt, pbase(), len);
|
||||
txt[len] = '\0';
|
||||
(*this) << txt;
|
||||
setp(pbase(), epptr());
|
||||
delete[] txt;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxTextCtrl::underflow(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return EOF;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxTextCtrl& wxTextCtrl::operator<<(const wxString& s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WriteText(s);
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxTextCtrl& wxTextCtrl::operator<<(const float f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static char buf[100];
|
||||
sprintf(buf, "%.2f", f);
|
||||
WriteText(buf);
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxTextCtrl& wxTextCtrl::operator<<(const double d)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static char buf[100];
|
||||
sprintf(buf, "%.2f", d);
|
||||
WriteText(buf);
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxTextCtrl& wxTextCtrl::operator<<(const int i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static char buf[100];
|
||||
sprintf(buf, "%i", i);
|
||||
WriteText(buf);
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxTextCtrl& wxTextCtrl::operator<<(const long i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static char buf[100];
|
||||
sprintf(buf, "%ld", i);
|
||||
WriteText(buf);
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxTextCtrl& wxTextCtrl::operator<<(const char c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char buf[2];
|
||||
|
||||
buf[0] = c;
|
||||
buf[1] = 0;
|
||||
WriteText(buf);
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
71
src/gtk1/timer.cpp
Normal file
71
src/gtk1/timer.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: timer.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
#pragma implementation "timer.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/timer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxTimer
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTimer,wxObject)
|
||||
|
||||
gint timeout_callback( gpointer data )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxTimer *timer = (wxTimer*)data;
|
||||
timer->Notify();
|
||||
if (timer->OneShot()) timer->Stop();
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxTimer::wxTimer(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_tag = -1;
|
||||
m_time = 1000;
|
||||
m_oneShot = FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxTimer::~wxTimer(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Stop();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int wxTimer::Interval(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_time;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxTimer::OneShot(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_oneShot;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTimer::Notify(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTimer::Start( int millisecs, bool oneShot )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (millisecs != -1) m_time = millisecs;
|
||||
m_oneShot = oneShot;
|
||||
m_tag = gtk_timeout_add( millisecs, timeout_callback, this );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTimer::Stop(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_tag != -1)
|
||||
gtk_timeout_remove( m_tag );
|
||||
m_tag = -1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
406
src/gtk1/utilsgtk.cpp
Normal file
406
src/gtk1/utilsgtk.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: utils.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
//#pragma implementation "utils.h"
|
||||
//#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/utils.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#include <dirent.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/wait.h>
|
||||
#include <pwd.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <netdb.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __SVR4__
|
||||
#include <sys/systeminfo.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// misc.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void wxBell(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gdk_beep();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// user and home routines
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
char* wxGetHomeDir( char *dest )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString tmp = wxGetUserHome( wxString() );
|
||||
if (tmp.IsNull())
|
||||
strcpy( wxBuffer, "/" );
|
||||
else
|
||||
strcpy( wxBuffer, tmp );
|
||||
if (dest) strcpy( dest, WXSTRINGCAST tmp );
|
||||
return wxBuffer;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
char *wxGetUserHome( const wxString &user )
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct passwd *who = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (user.IsNull() || (user== ""))
|
||||
{
|
||||
register char *ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((ptr = getenv("HOME")) != NULL)
|
||||
return ptr;
|
||||
if ((ptr = getenv("USER")) != NULL
|
||||
|| (ptr = getenv("LOGNAME")) != NULL) {
|
||||
who = getpwnam(ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
// We now make sure the the user exists!
|
||||
if (who == NULL)
|
||||
who = getpwuid(getuid());
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
who = getpwnam (user);
|
||||
|
||||
return who ? who->pw_dir : (char*)NULL;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// id routines
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGetHostName(char *buf, int sz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*buf = '\0';
|
||||
#if defined(__SVR4__) && !defined(__sgi)
|
||||
return (sysinfo(SI_HOSTNAME, buf, sz) != -1);
|
||||
#else /* BSD Sockets */
|
||||
char name[255];
|
||||
struct hostent *h;
|
||||
// Get hostname
|
||||
if (gethostname(name, sizeof(name)/sizeof(char)-1) == -1)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
// Get official full name of host
|
||||
strncpy(buf, (h=gethostbyname(name))!=NULL ? h->h_name : name, sz-1);
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGetUserId(char *buf, int sz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct passwd *who;
|
||||
|
||||
*buf = '\0';
|
||||
if ((who = getpwuid(getuid ())) != NULL) {
|
||||
strncpy (buf, who->pw_name, sz-1);
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGetUserName(char *buf, int sz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct passwd *who;
|
||||
|
||||
*buf = '\0';
|
||||
if ((who = getpwuid (getuid ())) != NULL) {
|
||||
strncpy (buf, who->pw_gecos, sz - 1);
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// error and debug output routines
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDebugMsg( const char *format, ... )
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list ap;
|
||||
va_start( ap, format );
|
||||
vfprintf( stderr, format, ap );
|
||||
fflush( stderr );
|
||||
va_end(ap);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxError( const wxString &msg, const wxString &title )
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf( stderr, "Error " );
|
||||
if (!title.IsNull()) fprintf( stderr, "%s ", WXSTRINGCAST(title) );
|
||||
if (!msg.IsNull()) fprintf( stderr, ": %s", WXSTRINGCAST(msg) );
|
||||
fprintf( stderr, ".\n" );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void wxFatalError( const wxString &msg, const wxString &title )
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf( stderr, "Error " );
|
||||
if (!title.IsNull()) fprintf( stderr, "%s ", WXSTRINGCAST(title) );
|
||||
if (!msg.IsNull()) fprintf( stderr, ": %s", WXSTRINGCAST(msg) );
|
||||
fprintf( stderr, ".\n" );
|
||||
exit(1);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// directory routines
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxDirExists( const wxString& dir )
|
||||
{
|
||||
char buf[500];
|
||||
strcpy( buf, WXSTRINGCAST(dir) );
|
||||
struct stat sbuf;
|
||||
return ((stat(buf, &sbuf) != -1) && S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode) ? TRUE : FALSE);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wild character routines
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxIsWild( const wxString& pattern )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString tmp = pattern;
|
||||
char *pat = WXSTRINGCAST(tmp);
|
||||
while (*pat) {
|
||||
switch (*pat++) {
|
||||
case '?': case '*': case '[': case '{':
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
case '\\':
|
||||
if (!*pat++)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxMatchWild( const wxString& pat, const wxString& text, bool dot_special )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString tmp1 = pat;
|
||||
char *pattern = WXSTRINGCAST(tmp1);
|
||||
wxString tmp2 = text;
|
||||
char *str = WXSTRINGCAST(tmp2);
|
||||
char c;
|
||||
char *cp;
|
||||
bool done = FALSE, ret_code, ok;
|
||||
// Below is for vi fans
|
||||
const char OB = '{', CB = '}';
|
||||
|
||||
// dot_special means '.' only matches '.'
|
||||
if (dot_special && *str == '.' && *pattern != *str)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
while ((*pattern != '\0') && (!done)
|
||||
&& (((*str=='\0')&&((*pattern==OB)||(*pattern=='*')))||(*str!='\0'))) {
|
||||
switch (*pattern) {
|
||||
case '\\':
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
if (*pattern != '\0')
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case '*':
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
ret_code = FALSE;
|
||||
while ((*str!='\0')
|
||||
&& (!(ret_code=wxMatchWild(pattern, str++, FALSE))))
|
||||
/*loop*/;
|
||||
if (ret_code) {
|
||||
while (*str != '\0')
|
||||
str++;
|
||||
while (*pattern != '\0')
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case '[':
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
repeat:
|
||||
if ((*pattern == '\0') || (*pattern == ']')) {
|
||||
done = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (*pattern == '\\') {
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
if (*pattern == '\0') {
|
||||
done = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (*(pattern + 1) == '-') {
|
||||
c = *pattern;
|
||||
pattern += 2;
|
||||
if (*pattern == ']') {
|
||||
done = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (*pattern == '\\') {
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
if (*pattern == '\0') {
|
||||
done = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((*str < c) || (*str > *pattern)) {
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
goto repeat;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (*pattern != *str) {
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
goto repeat;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
while ((*pattern != ']') && (*pattern != '\0')) {
|
||||
if ((*pattern == '\\') && (*(pattern + 1) != '\0'))
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (*pattern != '\0') {
|
||||
pattern++, str++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case '?':
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
str++;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case OB:
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
while ((*pattern != CB) && (*pattern != '\0')) {
|
||||
cp = str;
|
||||
ok = TRUE;
|
||||
while (ok && (*cp != '\0') && (*pattern != '\0')
|
||||
&& (*pattern != ',') && (*pattern != CB)) {
|
||||
if (*pattern == '\\')
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
ok = (*pattern++ == *cp++);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (*pattern == '\0') {
|
||||
ok = FALSE;
|
||||
done = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
} else if (ok) {
|
||||
str = cp;
|
||||
while ((*pattern != CB) && (*pattern != '\0')) {
|
||||
if (*++pattern == '\\') {
|
||||
if (*++pattern == CB)
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
while (*pattern!=CB && *pattern!=',' && *pattern!='\0') {
|
||||
if (*++pattern == '\\') {
|
||||
if (*++pattern == CB || *pattern == ',')
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (*pattern != '\0')
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
if (*str == *pattern) {
|
||||
str++, pattern++;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
done = TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (*pattern == '*')
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
return ((*str == '\0') && (*pattern == '\0'));
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// subprocess routines
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
long wxExecute( char **argv, bool Async )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*argv == NULL)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* fork the process */
|
||||
#if defined(sun) || defined(__ultrix) || defined(__bsdi__)
|
||||
pid_t pid = vfork();
|
||||
#else
|
||||
pid_t pid = fork();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (pid == -1) {
|
||||
perror ("fork failed");
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
} else if (pid == 0) {
|
||||
/* child */
|
||||
#ifdef _AIX
|
||||
execvp ((const char *)*argv, (const char **)argv);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
execvp (*argv, argv);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (errno == ENOENT)
|
||||
wxError("command not found", *argv);
|
||||
else
|
||||
perror (*argv);
|
||||
wxError("could not execute", *argv);
|
||||
_exit (-1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Code below is NOT really acceptable!
|
||||
// One should NEVER use wait under X
|
||||
// Ideas? A Sleep idle callback?
|
||||
// WARNING: WARNING: WARNING: WARNING:
|
||||
// The CODE BELOW IS BAD BAD BAD BAD!
|
||||
if (Async) {
|
||||
int status;
|
||||
/*
|
||||
wxSleep(2); // Give a little time
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(DG) && \
|
||||
!defined(__AIX__) && \
|
||||
!defined(__xlC__) && \
|
||||
!defined(__SVR4__) && \
|
||||
!defined(__SUN__) && \
|
||||
!defined(__ALPHA__) && \
|
||||
!defined(__SGI__) && \
|
||||
!defined(__HPUX__) && \
|
||||
!defined(__SUNPRO_CC) && \
|
||||
!defined(__FreeBSD__)
|
||||
while (wait((union wait*)&status) != pid)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
while (wait(&status) != pid)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{};
|
||||
/*
|
||||
wxSleep(3); // 3 sec?
|
||||
*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
long wxExecute( const wxString& command, bool Async )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (command.IsNull() || command == "") return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
int argc = 0;
|
||||
char *argv[127];
|
||||
char tmp[1024];
|
||||
const char *IFS = " \t\n";
|
||||
|
||||
strncpy (tmp, command, sizeof(tmp) / sizeof(char) - 1);
|
||||
tmp[sizeof (tmp) / sizeof (char) - 1] = '\0';
|
||||
argv[argc++] = strtok (tmp, IFS);
|
||||
while ((argv[argc++] = strtok(NULL, IFS)) != NULL)
|
||||
/* loop */ ;
|
||||
return wxExecute(argv, Async);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
332
src/gtk1/utilsres.cpp
Normal file
332
src/gtk1/utilsres.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: utils.cpp
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//#ifdef __GNUG__
|
||||
//#pragma implementation "utils.h"
|
||||
//#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/utils.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/list.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#ifdef __SVR4__
|
||||
#include <sys/systeminfo.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gdk/gdkx.h" // GDK_DISPLAY
|
||||
#include "gdk/gdkprivate.h" // gdk_progclass
|
||||
|
||||
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
|
||||
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
|
||||
#include <X11/Xresource.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// constants
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// Yuck this is really BOTH site and platform dependent
|
||||
// so we should use some other strategy!
|
||||
#ifdef __SUN__
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_XRESOURCE_DIR "/usr/openwin/lib/app-defaults"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_XRESOURCE_DIR "/usr/lib/X11/app-defaults"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// glabal data (data.cpp)
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
extern wxList wxResourceCache;
|
||||
extern XrmDatabase wxResourceDatabase;
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// utility functions for get/write resources
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
static char *GetResourcePath(char *buf, char *name, bool create)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (create && FileExists(name)) {
|
||||
strcpy(buf, name);
|
||||
return buf; // Exists so ...
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (*name == '/')
|
||||
strcpy(buf, name);
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// Put in standard place for resource files if not absolute
|
||||
strcpy(buf, DEFAULT_XRESOURCE_DIR);
|
||||
strcat(buf, "/");
|
||||
strcat(buf, FileNameFromPath(name));
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (create) {
|
||||
// Touch the file to create it
|
||||
FILE *fd = fopen(buf, "w");
|
||||
if (fd) fclose(fd);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Read $HOME for what it says is home, if not
|
||||
// read $USER or $LOGNAME for user name else determine
|
||||
// the Real User, then determine the Real home dir.
|
||||
static char *GetIniFile(char *dest, const char *filename)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *home = NULL;
|
||||
if (filename && wxIsAbsolutePath(filename))
|
||||
{
|
||||
strcpy(dest, filename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((home = wxGetUserHome(wxString())) != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
strcpy(dest, home);
|
||||
if (dest[strlen(dest) - 1] != '/') strcat(dest, "/");
|
||||
if (filename == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((filename = getenv("XENVIRONMENT")) == NULL) filename = ".Xdefaults";
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (*filename != '.') strcat(dest, ".");
|
||||
strcat(dest, filename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
dest[0] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return dest;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void wxXMergeDatabases(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
XrmDatabase homeDB, serverDB, applicationDB;
|
||||
char filenamebuf[1024];
|
||||
|
||||
char *filename = &filenamebuf[0];
|
||||
char *environment;
|
||||
char *classname = gdk_progclass; // Robert Roebling ??
|
||||
char name[256];
|
||||
(void)strcpy(name, "/usr/lib/X11/app-defaults/");
|
||||
(void)strcat(name, classname ? classname : "wxWindows");
|
||||
|
||||
// Get application defaults file, if any
|
||||
if ((applicationDB = XrmGetFileDatabase(name)))
|
||||
(void)XrmMergeDatabases(applicationDB, &wxResourceDatabase);
|
||||
|
||||
// Merge server defaults, created by xrdb, loaded as a property of the root
|
||||
// window when the server initializes and loaded into the display
|
||||
// structure on XOpenDisplay;
|
||||
// if not defined, use .Xdefaults
|
||||
if (XResourceManagerString(GDK_DISPLAY()) != NULL) {
|
||||
serverDB = XrmGetStringDatabase(XResourceManagerString(GDK_DISPLAY()));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
(void)GetIniFile(filename, NULL);
|
||||
serverDB = XrmGetFileDatabase(filename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (serverDB)
|
||||
XrmMergeDatabases(serverDB, &wxResourceDatabase);
|
||||
|
||||
// Open XENVIRONMENT file, or if not defined, the .Xdefaults,
|
||||
// and merge into existing database
|
||||
|
||||
if ((environment = getenv("XENVIRONMENT")) == NULL) {
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
environment = GetIniFile(filename, NULL);
|
||||
len = strlen(environment);
|
||||
#if !defined(SVR4) || defined(__sgi)
|
||||
(void)gethostname(environment + len, 1024 - len);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
(void)sysinfo(SI_HOSTNAME, environment + len, 1024 - len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((homeDB = XrmGetFileDatabase(environment)))
|
||||
XrmMergeDatabases(homeDB, &wxResourceDatabase);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// called on application exit
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void wxFlushResources(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char nameBuffer[512];
|
||||
|
||||
wxNode *node = wxResourceCache.First();
|
||||
while (node) {
|
||||
char *file = node->key.string;
|
||||
// If file doesn't exist, create it first.
|
||||
(void)GetResourcePath(nameBuffer, file, TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
XrmDatabase database = (XrmDatabase)node->Data();
|
||||
XrmPutFileDatabase(database, nameBuffer);
|
||||
XrmDestroyDatabase(database);
|
||||
wxNode *next = node->Next();
|
||||
delete node;
|
||||
node = next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxDeleteResources(const char *file)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char buffer[500];
|
||||
(void)GetIniFile(buffer, file);
|
||||
|
||||
wxNode *node = wxResourceCache.Find(buffer);
|
||||
if (node) {
|
||||
XrmDatabase database = (XrmDatabase)node->Data();
|
||||
XrmDestroyDatabase(database);
|
||||
delete node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// resource functions
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxWriteResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, const wxString& value, const wxString& file )
|
||||
{
|
||||
char buffer[500];
|
||||
|
||||
if (!entry) return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
(void)GetIniFile(buffer, file);
|
||||
|
||||
XrmDatabase database;
|
||||
wxNode *node = wxResourceCache.Find(buffer);
|
||||
if (node)
|
||||
database = (XrmDatabase)node->Data();
|
||||
else {
|
||||
database = XrmGetFileDatabase(buffer);
|
||||
wxResourceCache.Append(buffer, (wxObject *)database);
|
||||
}
|
||||
char resName[300];
|
||||
strcpy(resName, !section.IsNull() ? WXSTRINGCAST section : "wxWindows");
|
||||
strcat(resName, ".");
|
||||
strcat(resName, entry);
|
||||
XrmPutStringResource(&database, resName, value);
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxWriteResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, float value, const wxString& file )
|
||||
{
|
||||
char buf[50];
|
||||
sprintf(buf, "%.4f", value);
|
||||
return wxWriteResource(section, entry, buf, file);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxWriteResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, long value, const wxString& file )
|
||||
{
|
||||
char buf[50];
|
||||
sprintf(buf, "%ld", value);
|
||||
return wxWriteResource(section, entry, buf, file);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxWriteResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, int value, const wxString& file )
|
||||
{
|
||||
char buf[50];
|
||||
sprintf(buf, "%d", value);
|
||||
return wxWriteResource(section, entry, buf, file);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGetResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, char **value, const wxString& file )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!wxResourceDatabase)
|
||||
wxXMergeDatabases();
|
||||
|
||||
XrmDatabase database;
|
||||
if (file) {
|
||||
char buffer[500];
|
||||
// Is this right? Trying to get it to look in the user's
|
||||
// home directory instead of current directory -- JACS
|
||||
(void)GetIniFile(buffer, file);
|
||||
|
||||
wxNode *node = wxResourceCache.Find(buffer);
|
||||
if (node)
|
||||
database = (XrmDatabase)node->Data();
|
||||
else {
|
||||
database = XrmGetFileDatabase(buffer);
|
||||
wxResourceCache.Append(buffer, (wxObject *)database);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else
|
||||
database = wxResourceDatabase;
|
||||
|
||||
XrmValue xvalue;
|
||||
char *str_type[20];
|
||||
char buf[150];
|
||||
strcpy(buf, section);
|
||||
strcat(buf, ".");
|
||||
strcat(buf, entry);
|
||||
|
||||
bool success = XrmGetResource(database, buf, "*", str_type, &xvalue);
|
||||
// Try different combinations of upper/lower case, just in case...
|
||||
if (!success) {
|
||||
buf[0] = (isupper(buf[0]) ? tolower(buf[0]) : toupper(buf[0]));
|
||||
success = XrmGetResource(database, buf, "*", str_type, &xvalue);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (success) {
|
||||
if (*value)
|
||||
delete[] *value;
|
||||
*value = new char[xvalue.size + 1];
|
||||
strncpy(*value, xvalue.addr, (int)xvalue.size);
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGetResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, float *value, const wxString& file )
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *s = NULL;
|
||||
bool succ = wxGetResource(section, entry, &s, file);
|
||||
if (succ) {
|
||||
*value = (float)strtod(s, NULL);
|
||||
delete[]s;
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGetResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, long *value, const wxString& file )
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *s = NULL;
|
||||
bool succ = wxGetResource(section, entry, &s, file);
|
||||
if (succ) {
|
||||
*value = strtol(s, NULL, 10);
|
||||
delete[]s;
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGetResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, int *value, const wxString& file )
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *s = NULL;
|
||||
bool succ = wxGetResource(section, entry, &s, file);
|
||||
if (succ) {
|
||||
// Handle True, False here
|
||||
// True, Yes, Enables, Set or Activated
|
||||
if (*s == 'T' || *s == 'Y' || *s == 'E' || *s == 'S' || *s == 'A')
|
||||
*value = TRUE;
|
||||
// False, No, Disabled, Reset, Cleared, Deactivated
|
||||
else if (*s == 'F' || *s == 'N' || *s == 'D' || *s == 'R' || *s == 'C')
|
||||
*value = FALSE;
|
||||
// Handle as Integer
|
||||
else
|
||||
*value = (int)strtol(s, NULL, 10);
|
||||
delete[]s;
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
6
src/gtk1/verti.xbm
Normal file
6
src/gtk1/verti.xbm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
#define verti_width 15
|
||||
#define verti_height 15
|
||||
static char verti_bits[] = {
|
||||
0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10,
|
||||
0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10,
|
||||
0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10, 0x84, 0x10};
|
512
src/gtk1/win_gtk.c
Normal file
512
src/gtk1/win_gtk.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx_gtk.h
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/gtk/win_gtk.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
static void gtk_myfixed_class_init (GtkMyFixedClass *klass);
|
||||
static void gtk_myfixed_init (GtkMyFixed *myfixed);
|
||||
static void gtk_myfixed_map (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||||
static void gtk_myfixed_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||||
static void gtk_myfixed_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||||
static void gtk_myfixed_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||||
GtkRequisition *requisition);
|
||||
static void gtk_myfixed_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||||
GtkAllocation *allocation);
|
||||
static void gtk_myfixed_paint (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||||
GdkRectangle *area);
|
||||
static void gtk_myfixed_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||||
GdkRectangle *area);
|
||||
static gint gtk_myfixed_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||||
GdkEventExpose *event);
|
||||
static void gtk_myfixed_add (GtkContainer *container,
|
||||
GtkWidget *widget);
|
||||
static void gtk_myfixed_remove (GtkContainer *container,
|
||||
GtkWidget *widget);
|
||||
static void gtk_myfixed_foreach (GtkContainer *container,
|
||||
GtkCallback callback,
|
||||
gpointer callback_data);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static GtkContainerClass *parent_class = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
guint
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_get_type ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
static guint myfixed_type = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!myfixed_type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkTypeInfo myfixed_info =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"GtkMyFixed",
|
||||
sizeof (GtkMyFixed),
|
||||
sizeof (GtkMyFixedClass),
|
||||
(GtkClassInitFunc) gtk_myfixed_class_init,
|
||||
(GtkObjectInitFunc) gtk_myfixed_init,
|
||||
(GtkArgSetFunc) NULL,
|
||||
(GtkArgGetFunc) NULL,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
myfixed_type = gtk_type_unique (gtk_container_get_type (), &myfixed_info);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return myfixed_type;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_class_init (GtkMyFixedClass *klass)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkObjectClass *object_class;
|
||||
GtkWidgetClass *widget_class;
|
||||
GtkContainerClass *container_class;
|
||||
|
||||
object_class = (GtkObjectClass*) klass;
|
||||
widget_class = (GtkWidgetClass*) klass;
|
||||
container_class = (GtkContainerClass*) klass;
|
||||
|
||||
parent_class = gtk_type_class (gtk_container_get_type ());
|
||||
|
||||
widget_class->map = gtk_myfixed_map;
|
||||
widget_class->unmap = gtk_myfixed_unmap;
|
||||
widget_class->realize = gtk_myfixed_realize;
|
||||
widget_class->size_request = gtk_myfixed_size_request;
|
||||
widget_class->size_allocate = gtk_myfixed_size_allocate;
|
||||
widget_class->draw = gtk_myfixed_draw;
|
||||
widget_class->expose_event = gtk_myfixed_expose;
|
||||
|
||||
container_class->add = gtk_myfixed_add;
|
||||
container_class->remove = gtk_myfixed_remove;
|
||||
container_class->foreach = gtk_myfixed_foreach;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_init (GtkMyFixed *myfixed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (myfixed, GTK_NO_WINDOW);
|
||||
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (myfixed, GTK_BASIC);
|
||||
|
||||
myfixed->children = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
GtkWidget*
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_new ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkMyFixed *myfixed;
|
||||
|
||||
myfixed = gtk_type_new (gtk_myfixed_get_type ());
|
||||
|
||||
myfixed->scroll_offset_x = 0;
|
||||
myfixed->scroll_offset_y = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
return GTK_WIDGET (myfixed);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_set_offset (GtkMyFixed *myfixed,
|
||||
gint16 x,
|
||||
gint16 y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkWidget *widget;
|
||||
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (myfixed != NULL);
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_MYFIXED (myfixed));
|
||||
|
||||
myfixed->scroll_offset_x = x;
|
||||
myfixed->scroll_offset_y = y;
|
||||
|
||||
widget = GTK_WIDGET( myfixed );
|
||||
|
||||
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED( GTK_WIDGET(myfixed) ))
|
||||
gdk_window_move_resize (widget->window,
|
||||
widget->allocation.x + x,
|
||||
widget->allocation.y + y,
|
||||
32000,
|
||||
32000);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_put (GtkMyFixed *myfixed,
|
||||
GtkWidget *widget,
|
||||
gint16 x,
|
||||
gint16 y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkMyFixedChild *child_info;
|
||||
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (myfixed != NULL);
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_MYFIXED (myfixed));
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
child_info = g_new (GtkMyFixedChild, 1);
|
||||
child_info->widget = widget;
|
||||
child_info->x = x;
|
||||
child_info->y = y;
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_parent (widget, GTK_WIDGET (myfixed));
|
||||
|
||||
myfixed->children = g_list_append (myfixed->children, child_info);
|
||||
|
||||
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (myfixed) && !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
|
||||
gtk_widget_realize (widget);
|
||||
|
||||
if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (myfixed) && !GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
|
||||
gtk_widget_map (widget);
|
||||
|
||||
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (myfixed))
|
||||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (GTK_WIDGET (myfixed));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_move (GtkMyFixed *myfixed,
|
||||
GtkWidget *widget,
|
||||
gint16 x,
|
||||
gint16 y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkMyFixedChild *child;
|
||||
GList *children;
|
||||
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (myfixed != NULL);
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_MYFIXED (myfixed));
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
children = myfixed->children;
|
||||
while (children)
|
||||
{
|
||||
child = children->data;
|
||||
children = children->next;
|
||||
|
||||
if (child->widget == widget)
|
||||
{
|
||||
child->x = x;
|
||||
child->y = y;
|
||||
|
||||
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (myfixed))
|
||||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (GTK_WIDGET (myfixed));
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_map (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkMyFixed *myfixed;
|
||||
GtkMyFixedChild *child;
|
||||
GList *children;
|
||||
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL);
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_MYFIXED (widget));
|
||||
|
||||
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
|
||||
myfixed = GTK_MYFIXED (widget);
|
||||
|
||||
gdk_window_show (widget->window);
|
||||
|
||||
children = myfixed->children;
|
||||
while (children)
|
||||
{
|
||||
child = children->data;
|
||||
children = children->next;
|
||||
|
||||
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (child->widget) &&
|
||||
!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (child->widget))
|
||||
gtk_widget_map (child->widget);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL);
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_MYFIXED (widget));
|
||||
|
||||
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GdkWindowAttr attributes;
|
||||
gint attributes_mask;
|
||||
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL);
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_MYFIXED (widget));
|
||||
|
||||
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED);
|
||||
|
||||
attributes.window_type = GDK_WINDOW_CHILD;
|
||||
attributes.x = widget->allocation.x;
|
||||
attributes.y = widget->allocation.y;
|
||||
attributes.width = 32000;
|
||||
attributes.height = 32000;
|
||||
attributes.wclass = GDK_INPUT_OUTPUT;
|
||||
attributes.visual = gtk_widget_get_visual (widget);
|
||||
attributes.colormap = gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget);
|
||||
attributes.event_mask = gtk_widget_get_events (widget);
|
||||
attributes.event_mask |=
|
||||
GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK |
|
||||
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
|
||||
GDK_BUTTON_MOTION_MASK |
|
||||
GDK_BUTTON1_MOTION_MASK |
|
||||
GDK_BUTTON2_MOTION_MASK |
|
||||
GDK_BUTTON3_MOTION_MASK |
|
||||
GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK |
|
||||
GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK |
|
||||
GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK |
|
||||
GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK |
|
||||
GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK |
|
||||
GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
|
||||
GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
attributes_mask = GDK_WA_X | GDK_WA_Y | GDK_WA_VISUAL | GDK_WA_COLORMAP;
|
||||
|
||||
widget->window = gdk_window_new (gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget), &attributes,
|
||||
attributes_mask);
|
||||
gdk_window_set_user_data (widget->window, widget);
|
||||
|
||||
widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
|
||||
gtk_style_set_background (widget->style, widget->window, GTK_STATE_NORMAL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||||
GtkRequisition *requisition)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkMyFixed *myfixed;
|
||||
GtkMyFixedChild *child;
|
||||
GList *children;
|
||||
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL);
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_MYFIXED (widget));
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (requisition != NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
myfixed = GTK_MYFIXED (widget);
|
||||
|
||||
requisition->width = 0;
|
||||
requisition->height = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
children = myfixed->children;
|
||||
while (children)
|
||||
{
|
||||
child = children->data;
|
||||
children = children->next;
|
||||
|
||||
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (child->widget))
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_widget_size_request (child->widget, &child->widget->requisition);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||||
GtkAllocation *allocation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkMyFixed *myfixed;
|
||||
GtkMyFixedChild *child;
|
||||
GtkAllocation child_allocation;
|
||||
GList *children;
|
||||
guint16 border_width;
|
||||
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL);
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_MYFIXED(widget));
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
myfixed = GTK_MYFIXED (widget);
|
||||
|
||||
widget->allocation = *allocation;
|
||||
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
|
||||
gdk_window_move_resize (widget->window,
|
||||
allocation->x + myfixed->scroll_offset_x,
|
||||
allocation->y + myfixed->scroll_offset_y,
|
||||
32000,
|
||||
32000
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
border_width = GTK_CONTAINER (myfixed)->border_width;
|
||||
|
||||
children = myfixed->children;
|
||||
while (children)
|
||||
{
|
||||
child = children->data;
|
||||
children = children->next;
|
||||
|
||||
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (child->widget))
|
||||
{
|
||||
child_allocation.x = child->x + border_width;
|
||||
child_allocation.y = child->y + border_width;
|
||||
child_allocation.width = child->widget->requisition.width;
|
||||
child_allocation.height = child->widget->requisition.height;
|
||||
gtk_widget_size_allocate (child->widget, &child_allocation);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_paint (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||||
GdkRectangle *area)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL);
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_MYFIXED (widget));
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (area != NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
|
||||
gdk_window_clear_area (widget->window,
|
||||
area->x, area->y,
|
||||
area->width, area->height);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||||
GdkRectangle *area)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkMyFixed *myfixed;
|
||||
GtkMyFixedChild *child;
|
||||
GdkRectangle child_area;
|
||||
GList *children;
|
||||
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL);
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_MYFIXED (widget));
|
||||
|
||||
if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
|
||||
{
|
||||
myfixed = GTK_MYFIXED (widget);
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_paint (widget, area);
|
||||
|
||||
children = myfixed->children;
|
||||
while (children)
|
||||
{
|
||||
child = children->data;
|
||||
children = children->next;
|
||||
|
||||
if (gtk_widget_intersect (child->widget, area, &child_area))
|
||||
gtk_widget_draw (child->widget, &child_area);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static gint
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||||
GdkEventExpose *event)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkMyFixed *myfixed;
|
||||
GtkMyFixedChild *child;
|
||||
GdkEventExpose child_event;
|
||||
GList *children;
|
||||
|
||||
g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, FALSE);
|
||||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_MYFIXED (widget), FALSE);
|
||||
g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, FALSE);
|
||||
|
||||
if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
|
||||
{
|
||||
myfixed = GTK_MYFIXED (widget);
|
||||
|
||||
child_event = *event;
|
||||
|
||||
children = myfixed->children;
|
||||
while (children)
|
||||
{
|
||||
child = children->data;
|
||||
children = children->next;
|
||||
|
||||
if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (child->widget) &&
|
||||
gtk_widget_intersect (child->widget, &event->area,
|
||||
&child_event.area))
|
||||
gtk_widget_event (child->widget, (GdkEvent*) &child_event);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_add (GtkContainer *container,
|
||||
GtkWidget *widget)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (container != NULL);
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_MYFIXED (container));
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_put (GTK_MYFIXED (container), widget, 0, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_remove (GtkContainer *container,
|
||||
GtkWidget *widget)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkMyFixed *myfixed;
|
||||
GtkMyFixedChild *child;
|
||||
GList *children;
|
||||
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (container != NULL);
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_MYFIXED (container));
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
myfixed = GTK_MYFIXED (container);
|
||||
|
||||
children = myfixed->children;
|
||||
while (children)
|
||||
{
|
||||
child = children->data;
|
||||
|
||||
if (child->widget == widget)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gtk_widget_unparent (widget);
|
||||
|
||||
myfixed->children = g_list_remove_link (myfixed->children, children);
|
||||
g_list_free (children);
|
||||
g_free (child);
|
||||
|
||||
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (container))
|
||||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (GTK_WIDGET (container));
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
children = children->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
gtk_myfixed_foreach (GtkContainer *container,
|
||||
GtkCallback callback,
|
||||
gpointer callback_data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkMyFixed *myfixed;
|
||||
GtkMyFixedChild *child;
|
||||
GList *children;
|
||||
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (container != NULL);
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_MYFIXED (container));
|
||||
g_return_if_fail (callback != NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
myfixed = GTK_MYFIXED (container);
|
||||
|
||||
children = myfixed->children;
|
||||
while (children)
|
||||
{
|
||||
child = children->data;
|
||||
children = children->next;
|
||||
|
||||
(* callback) (child->widget, callback_data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
2386
src/gtk1/window.cpp
Normal file
2386
src/gtk1/window.cpp
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Reference in New Issue
Block a user